The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutResolution - 2011-R0257 - Contract - LD Kemp Excavating - Caliche Canyon Landfill Development - 06/09/2011Resolution No. 2011—RO257 June. 9, 2011 Item No. 5.22 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Contract No. 10084 for Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond and Force Main, by and between the City of Lubbock and LD Kemp Excavating of Fort Worth, Texas, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council on ATTEST: 5x- Rebec Garza, City Secret Community Services Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: �� 19 Chad Weaver, Assistant City Attorney vw:ccdocs/RES.Contract-LD Kemp Excavating May 19, 2011 June 9, 2011 �lrss' I� TOM MARTIN, MAYOR BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE BY: CONTRACT AWARD DATE CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main ITB 11-10084-MA CONTRACT: 10084 PROJECT NUMBER: 92246.8302.30000 92208.8302.30000 Plans & Specifications may be download from THE BIDSYNC.COM or Call 806-775-2171 for more details Ikki ty of lubbock' TEXAS CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE Contractor Checklist Before submitting your bid, please ensure you have completed and included the following documents in the order they are listed. The contractor is only to submit (1) one original copy of every item listed. 1. Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID SUBMITTAL FORM. Bid submittal form MUST be completed in blue or black ink or by typewriter. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the Extended Total for a Bid item, the Unit Price will be taken."Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature. Identify addenda received (if any). Include firm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number. 2. Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to provide a bid surety WILL result in automatic rejection of your bid. 3. Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT. This must include the signature of the agent or broker. Contractor's signature must be original. 4. Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. 5. Ensure your bid is RECEIVED by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted. 6. Complete and submit the CONTRACTORS STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS. 7. Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be explained in detail and submitted with Bid. 8. Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include firm's FEDERAL TAXID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITYnumber. 9. Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING: 10. Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED NON -RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE THIS COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL. (Type or Print Company Name) INDEX 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time) 3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 3-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT 3-3. CONTRACTORS STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS 3-4. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 3-5. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION 4. LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS 5. PAYMENT BOND 6. PERFORMANCE BOND 7. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 8. CONTRACT 9. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 10. DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS 11. SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE) 12. SPECIFICATIONS 3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB 11-10084-MA Sealed bids addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office, City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00 P.M. on May 19, 2011 or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the City Hall, Council Chambers and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 3:00 P.M. on May 19, 2011 and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on June 9, 2011 1 at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY AND MUST BE DATED THE SAME DATE THAT THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL. THE ESTIMATED BUDGET FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT IS $ 1.3 MILLION. It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on May 11, 2011 at 11:00 A.M. in the City Hall, Council Chambers, 1625-13th Street, Lubbock, Texas. A site visit is scheduled for May 11, 2011 for Bidders attending the pre -bid conference. This will begin immediately after the 11:00 a.m. pre bid conference. 4 Site visits for the purpose of bid preparation will be allowed with a minimum of 24 hours notification. Site visits will only be conducted during normal business hours which are defined as Monday through Friday from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm. A staff member from the City of Lubbock Solid Waste Department will be present during all site visits. Site visits can be scheduled by contacting Marta Alvarez (806) 775-2572 or by email Malvarez(amylubbock.us . Site visits will not be allowed after May 13, 2011. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and downloaded from WWW.BIDSYNC.COM at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please a patient when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management office. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this Notice to Bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises shall be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 or write to Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK M"Cal Alvarer3 PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE 5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID DELIVERY, TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 3:00 P.M. on May 19, 2011 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB 11-10084- MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock 1625 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE -BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held at May 11, 2011 at 11:00 A.M. in the City Hall, Council Chambers, 1625-13th Street, Lubbock, Texas. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre -bid meeting. ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office will be available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. 6 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date. BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing and Contract Management Office if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management 1625 13' Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: 806-775-2164 Email: malvarez@mylubbock.us Bidsync: www.bidsync.com 13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 14 15 17 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within (120) ONE HUNDRED TWENTY CALENDAR DAYS and a total of (150) ONE HUNDRED FIFTY CALENDAR DAYS for final completion thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $634.00 (SIX HUNDRED THIRTY-FOUR DOLLARS) for each calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to ten sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23 EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such 10 methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25 INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AND THE ENGINEER AS A PRIMARY ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 11 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, sixty dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents 28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 29 PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 29.3.1 Bidder's name 12 29.3.2 Bid for ITB 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Cell VI Construction & Leachate Collection System 29.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 30 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bonds (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors. 0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 31 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein. 13 32 BID AWARD 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid for Bid Items 1 through 29 plus the sum of any Alternate Bids or Options the City may select. 32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 32.7 The estimated budget for the construction of this project is $ 1.3 million. 33 ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION 33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN BID SUBMISSION DATE AND THE CONTRACT AWARD, BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR BID WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT UPON THE REQUEST OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK PURCHASING DEPARTMENT IN THE COURSE OF CITY -SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS. 33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council members or City staff. The policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the ITB process. Its purpose is to stimulate competition, prevent favoritism and secure the best work and materials at the lowest practicable price, for the best interests and benefit of the taxpayers and property owners. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's proposal. 34 PREVAILING WAGE RATES 34.1 Bidders are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project 14 34.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. 34.3 The State of Texas has adopted the Federal Davis -Bacon wage rates for use in Texas pursuant to and in accordance with the Texas Government Code, Section 2258.022. Bidders may access the U. S. Department of Labor web site at the following web address to obtain the rates to be used in Lubbock County: hLtp://www.gpo.gov/davisbacon/allstates.html 34.4 It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to obtain the proper wage rates from the web site for the type of work defined in the bid specifications. 34.5 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay to the City of Lubbock $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. 15 BID SUBMITTAL FORM No Text BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main Bid of (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of CALICHE CANYON LANDFILL CELL VI EXCAVATION & LINER CONSTRUCTION AND LEACHATE EVAPORATION POND & FORCE MAIN, having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. BASE BID 1— CELL VI EXCAVATION & LINER CONSTRUCTION: ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT 1 Mobilization/Demobilization LS 1 2 Excavation CY 149,800 3 Embankment Fill CY 25,000 4 Subgrade Preparation (Floor) SF 148,150 5 Subgrade Preparation (Slopes) SF 338,900 6 Smooth Geomembrane Liner (Floor) SF 137,700 7 Textured Geomembrane Liner (Slopes) SF 358,300 8 Protective Soil Cover (Floor) SF 148,150 9 Protective Soil Cover (Slopes) SF 338,900 10 Site Signage LS 1 11 Seeding LS 1 12 Erosion Control LS 1 TOTAL BASE BID 1— CELL VI EXCAVATION & LINER CONSTRUCTION, ITEMS #1 - #12: MATERIALS: SERVICES: ($ TOTAL BID ITEMS #1 -#12: ($ ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, unit price shall govern.) BASE BID 2 — LEACHATE EVAPORATION POND & FORCE MAIN: ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT 13 Mobilization/Demobilization LS 1 14 Excavation CY 110 15 Embankment Fill CY 1,720 16 Reinforced Geosynthetic Clay Liner SF 11,080 17 Textured Geomembrane Liner SF 11,080 18 Sacrificial Textured Geomembrane Liner SF 11,080 19 Sand Tube EA 6 20 Booted Pipe Penetration and Influent Structure LS 1 21 Reinforced Concrete Pond Access Ramp SY 140 22 Leachate Force Main Piping LF 3,000 23 Sump Access Structure EA 2 24 Compressed Air Line LF 320 25 Skid -Mounted Centrifugal Pump EA 1 26 Gas Condensate Piping LF 550 27 Electrical Improvements LS 1 28 Seeding LS 1 29 Erosion Control LS 1 TOTAL BASE BID 2 — LEACHATE EVAPORATION POND & FORCE MAIN, ITEMS #13 - #29: MATERIALS: SERVICES: ($ TOTAL BID ITEMS #13 429: ($ ) (Unit Price Amounts shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, unit price shall govern.) ALTERNATE 1 — (ADDITIVE) LANDFILL MARKERS: ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED QUANTITY PRICE AMOUNT Al-1 Landfill Markers LS 1 TOTAL ALTERNATE 1, ITEM Al-1: MATERIALS LABOR TOTAL BID ITEM Al-1: (In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will betaken.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within (120) ONE HUNDRED TWENTY CALENDAR DAYS and a total of (150) ONE HUNDRED FIFTY CALENDAR DAYS for final completion thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $634.00 (SIX HUNDRED THIRTY-FOUR DOLLARS) for each calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of SEVENTY (70) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Date: Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - Fax: - FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. M/WBE Firm: Woman Black American Native American Hispanic American Asian Pacific American Other (Specify) CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder and Agent Must be submitted with Bid I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. Contractor (Original Signature) Contractor (Print) (Print or Type) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: Name of Agent/Broker: Agent / Broker (Signature) Address of Agent/Broker: City/State/Zip: Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( Date NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-3150. BID 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main No Text SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidents involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things: a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted from bodily harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment, both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their bids: QUESTION ONE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? YES NO If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. Bidder's Initials QUESTION TWO Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. YES NO, If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION THREE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted from serious bodily injury or death? YES NO If the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire shall be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my bid to be rejected. Signature Title SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $50,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $50,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $50,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. COMPANY N FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. Signature of Company Official: Printed name of company official signing above: Date Signed: No Text LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS No Text BID 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Minority Owned Company Name Location Services Provided Yes No 1. El 11 2. El 7 3. El 0 4. El 11 5. El El 6. El 0 7. El 8. El El 9. El 0 10. El 11 11. El El 12. El 0 13. El 11 14. El El 15. El 0 16. El 11 Company Address City, State Telephone: - Fax: - County Zip Code THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO 2 No Text BID 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main FINAL LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Minority Owned Company Name Location Services Provided Yes No 1. El 0 2. El F1 3. El El 4. El 0 5. El El 6. El El 7. El 0 8. El El 9. El El 10. El 0 11. El El 12. El El 13. El 0 14. El E] 15. El 16. El El Company Address City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - Fax: - THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO 3 No Text PAYMENT BOND No Text STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the of , 2011, to day and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 2011. Surety *By: (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: City Attorney (Title) * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. PERFORMANCE BOND No Text STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Principal(s), (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the day of , 2011, to and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety * By: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 2011. (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE No Text CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY C Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ C Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ C Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ C Owner's & Contractors Protective Each Occurrence $ F Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $ Med Exp (Any one Person) $ AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY C Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ C All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ C Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ C Hired Autos Property Damage $ C Non -Owned Autos C GARAGE LIABILITY C Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ C Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ C BUILDER'S RISK C 100% of the Total Contract Price $ C INSTALLATION FLOATER $ EXCESS LIABILITY C Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ C Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ C Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive C Excluded Each Accident $ Offices are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer) By: Title: The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as a Primary Additional Insured on General Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. No Text CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS A PRIMARY ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. No Text REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. No Text CONTRACT No Text CONTRACT 10084 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 2011, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and of the City of , County of and the State of hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID 11-10084-MA, Caliche Canyon Landfill Development of Cell VI Phase 3 Expansion & Installation of Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Conditions of Agreement. bid dated 2011 is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. CONTRACTOR: CITY OF LUBBOCK, TEXAS (OWNER): BY: PRINTED NAME: TITLE: COMPLETE ADDRESS: Company Address City, State, Zip ATTEST: Corporate Secretary By: MAYOR ATTEST: City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Owner's Representative Scott Snider, Assistant City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney No Text GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT No Text GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit I who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Catrennia Williams , Solid Waste Managing Director, so designated who shall inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors shall act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors shall look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s). 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an Office of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the parry who gives the notice. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative shall check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor shall Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension shall be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades are needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any Office, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment are permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work shall be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such 4 tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind shall be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 6 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change shall be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self- insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ALONG WITH A COPY OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS A PRIMARY ADDITIONAL INSURED TO INCLUDE PRODUCT-COMP/OP AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. A. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Products & Completed Operations AGG Contractual Liability Personal & Adv. Injury WITH HEAVY EQUIPMENT & XCU (Explosion, Collapse, Underground) ENDORSEMENT B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, - NOT REQUIRED. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500,000 Combined Single Limit, to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance - NOT REQUIRED. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance - NOT REQUIRED. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as foodibeverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity shall have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and M (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who shall provide services on the project shall be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: 10 (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804- 4000 (www.tdi.state.tx.us) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage, " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; 11 (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract 12 and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its Offices, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. 13 If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $634 (SIX HUNDRED &THIRTY FOUR) PER CALENDER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except 14 where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its Offices, agents and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 15 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. 44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which 16 shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of - (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: 17 (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 18 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a 19 Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 56. NONAPPROPRIATION All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination charge or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination. 57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor. 20 DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS No Text EXHIBIT A GENERAL DECISION: TX20100028 03/12/2010 TX28 Date: March 12, 2010 General Decision Number: TX20100028 03/12/2010 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20080028 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Ector, Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green Counties in Texas. HEAVY (excluding tunnels & dams) and HIGHWAY PROJECTS (does not include building structures in rest area projects). Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/12/2010 * SUTX2004-001 11/09/2004 Rates Fringes Asphalt Distributor Operator ... $ 9.25 0.00 Asphalt Heater Operator ........ $ 11.21 0.00 Asphalt paving machine operator$ 11.16 0.00 Asphalt Raker ..................$ 9.51 0.00 Broom or Sweeper Operator ...... $ 8.57 0.00 Bulldozer operator ...........$ 9.76 0.00 Carpenter ......................$ 12.61 0.00 Concrete Finisher, Paving ...... $ 13.26 0.00 Concrete Finisher, Structures..$ 11.20 0.00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator .......................$ 11.00 0.00 Electrician ....................$ 17.00 0.00 Form Builder/Setter, Structures$ 9.26 0.00 Form Setter, Paving & Curb ..... $ 9.82 0.00 Front End Loader Operator ...... $ 10.52 0.00 Laborer, common ................$ 8.51 0.00 Laborer, Utility ...............$ 10.46 0.00 Mechanic .......................$ 16.85 0.00 Motor Grader Operator Rough .... $ 11.75 0.00 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade ..........................$ 13.50 0.00 Planer Operator ................$ 13.36 0.00 Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self -Propelled .................$ 7.67 0.00 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/Tamping.............$ 8.06 0.00 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement .............$ 7.50 0.00 Scraper Operator ...............$ 8.50 0.00 Servicer .......................$ 8.98 0.00 Slip Form Machine Operator ..... $ 13.64 0.00 Tractor operator, Pneumatic .... $ 12.00 0.00 Traveling Mixer Operator ....... $ 12.00 0.00 Truck driver, lowboy -Float ..... $ 12.67 0.00 Truck driver, Single Axle, Heavy ..........................$ 8.50 0.00 Truck driver, Single Axle, Light ..........................$ 8.08 0.00 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi -Trailer ...................$ 8.66 0.00 Welder .........................$ 15.25 0.00 Work Zone Barricade Servicer... ---------------------------------------------------------------- $ 8.28 0.00 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be. * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION EXHIBIT B Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. No Text SPECIFICATIONS No Text Specifications lubbck�`o TCEQ MSW Permit No. 69 City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon Landfill Cell VI Excavation & Liner Construction Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main April 2011 PSC Project # 01449010 PARKH ILLSMITH &COOPER in Specifications lubbock/' IFX4S TCEQ MSW Permit No. 69 City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon Landfill Cell VI Excavation & Liner Construction Leachate Evaporation Pond & Force Main 4 % R;ZRT MOLLY HOLDER ;< 59052 10, oz April 2011 PARKHILLSMITH&COOPER PSC Project # 01449010 111 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT INFORMATION 00805 Supplementary General Conditions........................................................................................... 6 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work..................................................................................................................... 2 01019 Contract Considerations............................................................................................................. 2 01025 Measurement and Payment........................................................................................................ 6 01039 Coordination and Meetings........................................................................................................ 2 01090 Reference Standards.................................................................................................................. 2 01300 Submittals..................................................................................................................................3 01356 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures............................................................................. 2 01400 Quality Control.......................................................................................................................... 2 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls ....................................................................... 3 01600 Material and Equipment............................................................................................................ 3 01700 Contract Closeout...................................................................................................................... 4 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02200 Excavation and Earthwork......................................................................................................... 7 02240 Geosynthetic Clay Liner............................................................................................................ 9 02245 Geomembrane Liner................................................................................................................ 16 02260 Protective Soil Cover................................................................................................................. 3 02665 Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous Items .................................................................................. 6 02900 Seeding...................................................................................................................................... 5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete............................................................................................................ 14 DIVISIONS 4 —14 Not Used DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15130 Wheeled Sump Pumps............................................................................................................... 4 15211 Compressed -Air Piping.............................................................................................................. 6 15441 Centrifugal Gas Condensate Pumps........................................................................................... 4 01449010 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 04/ 1 1 DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL 16000 Electrical General Provisions..................................................................................................... 5 16111 Conduit...................................................................................................................................... 3 16120 Wire and Cable.......................................................................................................................... 3 16130 Boxes......................................................................................................................................... 3 16170 Grounding and Bonding............................................................................................................ 3 16190 Supporting Devices.................................................................................................................... 2 16441 Enclosed Switches..................................................................................................................... 2 16670 Surge Protection Device............................................................................................................ 4 16990 Electrical System Testing and Start-up...................................................................................... 3 APPENDIX A Soil and Liner Quality Control Plan APPENDIX B Leachate and Contaminated Water Control Plan APPENDIX C Soil Boring Logs 01449010 TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 2 04/ 1 1 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY The specifications sections authenticated by my seal and signature are limited to the following: MA 11W040 WR :4 Y Is LA"11 i7 �1 02200 Excavation and Earthwork 02240 Geosynthetic Clay Liner 02245 Geomembrane Liner 02665 Piping, Valves, and Miscellaneous Items 02900 Seeding DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete COOP C OF I- 1 C a •••••• R. hlATf PY ER 04/01 / 11 01449010 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY RMD-1 04/11 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY The specifications sections authenticated by my seal and signature are limited to the following: DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15130 Wheeled Sump Pumps 15211 Compressed -Air Piping 15441 Centrifugal Gas Condensate Pumps ...A 8. COOP, 01449010 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY y�pyl_1 04/11 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY The specifications sections authenticated by my seal and signature are limited to the following: DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL 16000 Electrical General Provisions 16111 Conduit 16120 Wire and Cable 16170 Grounding and Bonding 16190 Supporting Devices 16441 Enclosed Switches 16670 Surge Protection Device 16990 Electrical System Testing and Start-up & coo, i ■s�i*Frrf Frr.......... Fri*bbw CM SHAUN R. TIMVELL �p �ariitrai trri trri tariitriittir� f 106911 I �o 04/01/11 01449010 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY SRT-1 04/11 SECTION 00805 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL The following paragraphs identify and describe changes to specific paragraphs in the General Conditions. 1.1 ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND REVISIONS 1.1.1 General Conditions "13. LINES AND GRADES", add a second paragraph as follows: All lines and grades (field surveys) furnished by the Owner's Representative are for initial construction layout and final construction verification. If a portion of the work fails and requires additional work by the Contractor, additional surveys will be provided by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be billed directly for additional surveys by the surveyor at the rates being paid by the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to pay for additional surveys will result in a reduction of that amount from the final payment. 1.1.2 General Conditions "21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING", add a fourth paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall pay all costs for pre -construction testing called for in the Technical Specifications and for all failing tests during construction. The Owner shall pay for all construction testing expect for failed tests. The Contractor shall be billed directly for failed tests by the testing laboratory at the rate per test being paid by the Owner. Failure of Contractor to pay for failed tests will result in a reduction of that amount from final payment. 1.1.3 General Conditions "26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT", delete the first paragraph of this section. 1.1.4 General Conditions "27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC", modify as follows: Delete the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, i.e., "The Contractor, his sureties... including attorneys fees." and replace it with the following: "The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents, including Engineer, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their agents or employees, in the execution and supervision of said contract, and project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the failure of the Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to pay any judgment with costs which maybe obtained against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, including Engineer, or employees including attorney's fees." 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 1 04/ 1 1 1.1.5 General Conditions "28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE", modify as follows: A. Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph: "All insurance, as hereafter specified, shall include a waiver of subrogation against the Owner, the Owner's agents, and the Owner's Engineer." B. In addition to the City, the Engineer is to be named as an additional insured on the Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, the Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance, the Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance and the Excess or Umbrella Liability Insurance policies, and a copy of the endorsement doing the foregoing is to be attached to the Certificates of Insurance for such policies. C. The Engineer is to be named as an additional insured on the Builder's Risk Insurance Policy, as its interests may appear. 1.1.6 General Conditions "39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY", modify as follows: Delete the last sentence of the paragraph, i.e., "without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided ... out of the performance of this contract." and replace it with the following: "The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against any claim or claims for damages due to any adjacent or adjoining property arising or growing out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the existence or character of the work." 1.1.7 General Conditions "51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS", modify as follows: Delete the paragraph and replace it with the following: "In the event any special or supplementary general conditions that are a part of the contract documents conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special or supplementary general conditions shall control." 1.2 ADDITIONAL PARAGRAPHS 1.2.1 General Conditions 58. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND SAFETY:" Owner's Representative and the Engineer shall not specify construction or service -related procedures and shall not manage, control or have charge of construction, nor shall Owner's Representative or Engineer implement or be responsible for health or safety procedures. Owner's Representative and Engineer shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or other parties on the project and shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, nor for precautions or programs. All of these matters shall be responsibility of the Contractor. Owner's Representative's and Engineer's monitoring or review of portions of the work performed under any construction contracts shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility for performing the work in accordance with the applicable contract documents." Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, their officials, officers, directors, consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, whether direct, indirect or consequential, losses and expenses (including but not limited to attorney's fees and court costs) connected with any illness, injury or loss to the person or property of Contractor, its subcontractors, suppliers, their employees 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 2 04/ 1 1 and agents, or any other person, arising out of or resulting from Contractor's responsibilities under this paragraph; the foregoing shall apply notwithstanding the negligence of any person or entity indemnified hereunder. Not withstanding the above, the Contractor will not be required to indemnify the Owner's Representative or the Engineer to causes arising out of the Engineer's negligent acts, errors, or omissions. 1.2.2 General Conditions 59. RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE General: RPR is Engineer's agent at the site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding RPR's actions. RPR's dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work shall in general be with Engineer and Contractor keeping Owner advised as necessary. RPR's dealings with subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of Contractor. RPR shall generally communicate with Owner with the knowledge of and under the direction of Engineer. A. Duties and Responsibilities of RPR: 1. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submittals and schedule of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 2. Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences and other project -related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents, and assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on -site operations. b. Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. B. Shop Drawings and Samples: Record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples. 2. Receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability of samples for examination. Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample if the submittal has not been approved by the Engineer. 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 3 04/ 1 1 C. Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: Conduct on -site observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Report to Engineer whenever RPR believes that any Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise Engineer of Work that RPR believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof, and observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. 4. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to Engineer. D. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Engineer. Transmit to Contractor decisions as issued by Engineer. E. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report with RPR's recommendations to Engineer. Transmit to Contractor decisions as issued by Engineer. F. Records: Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings and samples, reproductions of original Contract Documents including all Work Directive Changes, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, and other Project related documents. 2. Keep a diary or log book, recording Contractor hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of Work Directive Changes, Change Orders or changed conditions, list of job site visitors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general, and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures; and send copies to Engineer. Record names, addresses and telephone numbers of all Contractors, subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment. 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 4 04/ 1 1 G. Reports: Furnish Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals. 2. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. Draft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes, obtaining backup material from Contractor and recommend to Engineer Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, and Field Orders. 4. Report immediately to Engineer and Owner upon the occurrence of any accident. H. Payment Requests: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the schedule of values. Work completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. I. Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have this material delivered to Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to final payment for the Work. J. Completion: Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. 2. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner, and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. 3. Observe that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. K. Limitations of Authority: Resident Project Representative: Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment, unless authorized by Engineer. 2. Shall not exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, subcontractors or Contractor's superintendent. 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 5 04/ 1 1 4. Shall not advise on, issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such advice or directions are specifically required by the Contract Documents. 5. Shall not advise on, issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 6. Shall not accept Shop Drawing or sample submittals from anyone other than Contractor. 7. Shall not authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. 8. Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 6 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work covered by Contract Documents B. Contractor use of site. C. Owner occupancy. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions of the Agreement. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Identification: City of Lubbock, Texas, Caliche Canyon Landfill, "Cell VI Excavation and Liner Construction and Leachate Evaporation Pond and Force Main". B. Location: Lubbock, Texas, Caliche Canyon Landfill, TCEQ MSW Permit No. 69. C. Verbal Summary: Without force or effect on requirements of the Contract Documents a brief description of the Project is as follows: 1. Base Bid A - Cell VI Excavation & Liner Construction. a. Earthwork excavation, grading and filling as shown on plans. b. Berm construction. C. Subgrade preparation to the lines and grades shown on the plans. d. 60 mil high density polyethylene liners, smooth and textured. e. Construction Testing. f. Protective Soil Cover placement. g. Erosion protection. 2. Base Bid B - Leachate Evaporation Pond & Leachate Force Main. a. Earthwork excavation, grading, and filling as shown on plans. b. Subgrade preparation to the lines and grades shown on the plans. C. Construction of the leachate evaporation pond, including installation of non -reinforced geosynthetic clay liner, dual 60-mil high density polyethylene textured geomembrane liner, soil berms. d. Seeding of soil berm and areas disturbed by construction activities. e. Relocation of compressed air line. f. Trench excavation for leachate force main. g. Construction of leachate force main, including polyethylene pipe, fittings, check valves, trench excavation and gravel backfill. 01449010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 1 04/ 1 1 h. Construction of new sump access structure including reinforced concrete structure, bollards, sump pump, level sensor and display, flow meter and display, air release valve, ball valve, fittings, and other related items. i. Installation of discharge pipe at leachate evaporation pond. j. Electrical work including upgrade to existing 3 phase, 480/277 VAC electrical service, installation of two new leachate pump control panels, disconnects, conduit, and wire. The construction of electrical racks at three (3) locations will also be required. k. Construction testing. 1. Erosion control. in. Installation of new centrifugal pump at existing condensate tank, new float switch and interconnecting piping over to the new leachate force main system. Additive Alternate I — Landfill Markers a. Removal and replacement of landfill boundary, grid, buffer, easement, and floodplain markers. 1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. Limit use of site to allow Owner occupancy. B. Construction Operations will be limited to areas adjacent to construction site as designated by the Owner. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. The Owner will occupy the site during construction for the conduct of normal operations. B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner's operations. C. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01019 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Application for Payment. B. Change procedures. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Schedule of Values. B. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product substitutions. 1.4 PROJECT DURATION A. Definitions 1. Substantial Completion — The point at which the liner system has been satisfactorily installed and all related work complete, 2. Final Completion — The point at which the Geomembrane Liner Evaluation Report (GLER) is accepted as complete by the TCEQ. B. Substantial Completion — Work associated with the project shall be substantially complete within 120 days of Notice -to -Proceed for the liner system. C. Final Completion — The duration of final completion of the base bid is dependent upon the TCEQ's review of the GLER. The balance of retainage will be held until the GLER is accepted by the TCEQ. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit four copies of each application to the Engineer. B. Payment Period: As defined in Owner -Contractor agreement. C. Waiver of liens from subcontractor. 1.6 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. B. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract. C. All Change Orders must be approved and signed by Owner. Do not commence with work included in a Change Order until it has been approved and signed by the Owner. 01449010 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS 01019 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS 01019 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. The unit price or lump sum price bid on each item, as stated in the proposal, shall include furnishing all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment, and materials necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All estimated quantities for unit price bid items stipulated in the bid proposal are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the cost of the work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the work. The actual amount of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for unit price work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and material furnished as measured by the Engineer. C. All measurements and payments will be based on completed and accepted work performed in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and in accordance with contract bid prices. All incidental work and subsidiary items whether shown or not or listed for measurement or payment will not be paid for separately, but will be included in the payment for the bid items stated in the contract and shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, testing and incidentals necessary to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Cost of work or materials shown on the Drawings, called for in the Specifications and on which no separate payment is made, shall be included in the bid price for the various items for which they are associated. A claim by the Contractor for extra compensation for an item required but not shown on the Drawings or described in the Specifications will not be considered. E. It is anticipated that the interconnections between the various items of equipment and the control system will require coordination and in some cases interface devices such as, but not limited to, couplings, flanges, reducers, converters, conduit, relays, contacts, wiring, etc., will be required whether or not these items are shown on the Drawings. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to provide the necessary coordination and interface devices at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.2 BASE BID 1 - CELL VI EXCAVATION & LINER CONSTRUCTION A. Mobilization/Demobilization (Bid Item 1) 1. Payment will be made for mobilizing and demobilizing all equipment, tools insurance, bonds and all other job -related items to and from the job site. Price will be on a lump sum basis and shall include all equipment, labor, materials, superintendence and all incidentals necessary to become fully mobilized at the start of the project and demobilized when work is complete. Mobilization related expenses include Contractor's cost for the following: obtaining a construction staging area; obtaining storage areas for equipment and construction office facilities; obtaining and setting up construction office facilities; obtaining and paying for electric power required for construction; providing sanitary facilities for construction personnel; obtaining and paying for water needed for construction; providing and maintaining dust control over the project working area; and 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 1 04/ 1 1 all other incidentals required for Contractor to complete mobilization. This bid item shall not exceed 3% of the contract price. B. Excavation (Bid Item 2) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to excavate the cell to the elevations and grades shown on the plans and to prepare the areas to receive the lining system. Payment will be made for the total excavation on a per -cubic yard of excavation. CONTRACTOR must provide survey control and surveyed measurements to verify amount of excavation for payment purposes. C. Embankment Fill (Bid Item 3) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to fill the areas shown to receive the lining system and to construct the berms in accordance with the plans and specifications. Payment will be made for actual measured cubic yardage of embankment fill. D. Subgrade Preparation (Floor) (Bid Item 4) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to prepare the floor areas to receive the lining system including all excavation and all fills associated with re-establishing the grades on areas with existing erosion rills as shown on the plans. Payment will be made for total subgrade preparation on a per square foot basis of floor subgrade preparation. E. Subgrade Preparation (Slopes) (Bid Item 5) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to prepare the slope areas to receive the lining system as shown on the plans. Payment will be made for total subgrade preparation on a per square foot basis of slope subgrade preparation. F. Smooth Geomembrane Liner (Bid Item 6) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing a smooth, 60-mil, high density polyethylene liner including all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., for complete installation. Payment will be made for the actual measured square footage of the liner installed and in place up to the front edge of termination trench. No separate payment will be made for the sacrificial membrane. G. Textured Geomembrane Liner (Bid Item 7) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing a textured 60-mil, high density polyethylene liner including all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., for complete installation. Price should include cost of anchor trench construction and compaction of backfill in anchor trench after liner installation. Payment will be made for the actual measured square footage of the liner installed and in place up to the back edge of the anchor trench and front edge of termination trench. No separate payment will be made for the sacrificial membrane. H. Protective Soil Cover (Floor) (Bid Item 8) 1. Contractor will place all protective soil on top of the floor liner system. Payment will be made for installation of soil cover material that is available on site. Price will include all labor, material, equipment and superintendence as necessary to install the soil. Payment will be made for actual measured square footage of the 2-foot thick protective floor cover installed up to the front edge of termination trench. I. Protective Soil Cover (Slopes) (Bid Item 9) 1. Contractor will place all protective soil on top of the slope liner system including the soil berm along the edge liner as shown on the plans. Payment will include all labor, materials, equipment and superintendence as necessary to install the soil. Payment will be made for actual measured square footage of the 2-foot thick protective slope cover 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 2 04/ 1 1 and soil berm up to the back edge of the anchor trench and front edge of termination trench. J. Site Signage (Bid Item 10) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing site signage and markers as shown on the plans. Price shall include all labor, materials, equipment and superintendence necessary to completely install signs and markers. Payment will be made for satisfactory completion on a lump sum basis. K. Seeding (Bid Item 11) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing seeding as specified. Seeding shall be placed on all disturbed areas including berms, and construction staging areas. Payment will include all labor, materials, equipment and superintendence as necessary to install the seeding. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis of seeding used. L. Erosion Control (Bid Item 12) 1. Payment will be made for preparing, implementing and maintaining a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required under National Pollution Discharge Elimination System regulations. Price includes work related to preparation of all SWPPP documentation, filing of the Notice of Intent (NOI) prior to construction, and Notice of Termination (NOT) following establishment of vegetation. Price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and superintendence necessary to implement and maintain the SWPPP. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for work meeting the regulations. M. Survey 1. No separate payment will be made for construction survey as required for this project. This item shall be considered incidental to all other bid items. N. Cleaning 1. The project shall be returned to pre -construction conditions. No additional payment will be made for cleaning. This item shall be considered incidental to all other bid items. 1.3 BASE BID 2 - LEACHATE EVAPORATION POND & FORCE MAIN A. Mobilization/Demobilization (Bid Item 13) 1. Payment will be made for mobilizing and demobilizing all equipment, tools, insurance, bonds and all other job -related items to and from the job site. Price will be on a lump sum basis and shall include all equipment, labor, materials, superintendence and all incidentals necessary to become fully mobilized at the start of the project and demobilized when work is complete. Mobilization related expenses include Contractor's cost for the following: obtaining a construction staging area; obtaining storage areas for equipment and construction office facilities; obtaining and setting up construction office facilities; obtaining and paying for electric power required for construction; providing sanitary facilities for construction personnel; obtaining and paying for water needed for construction; providing and maintaining dust control over the project working area; and all other incidentals required for Contractor to complete mobilization. This bid item shall not exceed 3% of the contract price. B. Excavation (Bid Item 14) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to excavate the areas shown to receive the lining system in accordance with the plans and specifications. All other grading, smoothing, etc., will be considered incidental. Payment will be made for the actual measured cubic yardage of excavation. C. Embankment Fill (Bid Item 15) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., necessary to fill the areas shown to receive the lining system and to construct the pond in 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 3 04/ 1 1 accordance with the plans and specifications. Payment will be made for the actual measured cubic yardage of embankment fill. D. Reinforced Geosynthetic Clay Liner (Bid Item 16) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing a geosynthetic clay liner (GCL) including all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., for complete installation in accordance with the plans and specifications. Price should include cost of subgrade proof rolling, trench construction, and compaction of backfill in anchor trench. Payment will be made for the actual measured square footage of liner installed in place up to the back edge of the anchor trench. E. Textured Geomembrane Liner (Bid Item 17) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing 60-mil thick, high density polyethylene geomembrane liner (GM) including all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., for complete installation in accordance with the plans and specifications. Price should include cost of anchor trench construction and compaction of backfill in anchor trench after liner installation. Payment will be made for the actual measured square footage of the liner installed and in place up to the back edge of the anchor trench. F. Sacrificial Textured Geomembrane Liner (Bid Item 18) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing 60-mil thick, high density polyethylene sacrificial textured geomembrane liner (GM) including all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc., for complete installation in accordance with the plans and specifications. Price should include cost of anchor trench construction and compaction of backfill in anchor trench after liner installation. Payment will be made for the actual measured square footage of the liner installed and in place up to the back edge of the anchor trench. G. Sand Tube (Bid Item 19) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc. for installation of the sand tubes on pond side slopes in accordance with the plans and specifications. Payment will be made for each sand tube installed. H. Booted Pipe Penetration and Influent Structure (Bid Item 20) 1. Payment will be made for providing all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc. for installing the booted pipe penetration and influent structure in accordance with the plans and specifications. Price shall include reinforced concrete apron, stainless steel banding, and connection of HDPE Geomembrane Liner to reinforced concrete apron using polylock. Payment will be made for satisfactory completion on a lump sum basis. I. Reinforced Concrete Pond Access Ramp (Bid Item 21) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing the reinforced concrete pond access drive to the lines and grades in accordance with the plans and specifications. Price should include connection of HDPE Geomembrane Liner to reinforced concrete pavement using polylock, soil stabilization, and all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, etc. for complete installation. Payment will be made for the actual measured square yardage of reinforced concrete pavement installed. J. Leachate Force Main Piping (Bid Item 22) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing 3-Inch HDPE pipe, bends, tees, etc., including trench excavation, gravel backfill, connection to new pump and booted pipe penetration, labor, equipment, superintendence, and testing. Payment will be made for actual measured linear feet of the pipe installed. No payment will be made for vertical deviations. 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 4 04/ 1 1 K. Sump Access Structure (Bid Item 23) 1. Payment will be made for constructing a sump access structure as shown on the plans. Price shall include the concrete sump access structure, wheeled sump pump, motor, control panel, level sensor and display, flow meter and display, flexible hose and quick -disconnect, ball valves, all associated electrical work, all related appurtenances , and all labor, materials, equipment, and superintendence necessary to construct the sump access structure. Payment will be made for satisfactory completion on a per each sump access structure installed. L. Compressed Air Line (Bid Item 24) 1. Payment will be made for installing the compressed air line as shown on the plans, including locating and uncovering the existing pipe, trench excavation, gravel backfill, and reconnection to existing line. Payment will include all fittings, labor, materials, equipment and superintendence as necessary to install the compressed air line. Payment will be made for actual measured linear feet of pipe installed. No payment will be made for vertical deviations. M. Skid -Mounted Centrifugal Pump (Bid Item 25) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing, complete and in place, the skid - mounted centrifugal pump and related motor on a per each basis. Price shall include float switches and related appurtenances, PVC pipe, PVC fittings and valves, pipe supports, pump support, mounting hardware, and all equipment, labor, materials, superintendence, and all incidentals necessary to completely install the pump as shown on the plans and as described in the specifications. N. Gas Condensate Piping (Bid Item 26) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing 1.5-inch HDPE pipe, bends, tees, etc., including trench excavation, gravel backfill, connection to new pump and leachate force main, labor, equipment, materials, superintendence, testing, and all incidentals necessary to completely install the piping as shown on the plans and as described in the specifications. Payment will be made for actual measured linear feet ofpipe installed. No payment will be made for vertical deviations. O. Electrical Improvements (Bid Item 27) 1. Payment will be made for preparing areas to receive work, materials, labor, equipment and tools for installation of electrical service, disconnects, wireway, electrical racks, electrical wire and conduit, grounding/bonding, and electrical connections for new pumps and associated controls. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for work meeting the requirements of the plans and specifications. P. Seeding (Bid Item 28) 1. Payment will be made for providing and installing seeding as specified. Seeding shall be placed on all disturbed areas including trenches, pond berms, and construction staging areas. Payment will include all labor, materials, equipment and superintendence as necessary to install the seeding. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis of seeding used. Q. Erosion Control (Bid Item 29) 1. Payment will be made for preparing, implementing and maintaining a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required under National Pollution Discharge Elimination System regulations. Price includes work related to preparation of all SWPPP documentation, filing of the Notice of Intent (NOI) prior to construction, and Notice of Termination (NOT) following establishment of vegetation. Price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and superintendence necessary to implement and maintain the SWPPP. Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for work meeting the regulations. 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 5 04/ 1 1 1.4 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 1 — LANDFILL MARKERS A. Site Signage (Bid Item Al-1) 1. Payment will be made for removing and salvaging existing signage and markers and providing and installing new site signage and markers as shown on the plans. Price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, and superintendence necessary to completely install signs and markers. Payment will be made for satisfactory completion on a lump sum basis. 1.5 SURVEY A. No separate payment will be made for construction survey as required for the project. This item shall be considered incidental to all other bid items. 1.6 CLEANING A. The project shall be returned to pre -construction conditions. No additional payment will be made for cleaning. This item shall be considered incidental to all other bid items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025 - 6 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination. B. Field engineering. C. Site mobilization conference. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's occupancy. 1.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Control datum for survey is shown on Drawings. B. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. 1.5 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. Engineer will schedule a conference at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance Required: Engineer and Contractor's Project Manager and Jobsite Superintendent. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Survey layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules and Coordination. 8. Procedures for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants with two copies to Engineer and those affected by decisions made. 01449010 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039 - 1 04/ 1 1 1.6 BI-WEEKLY MEETINGS A. Bi-weekly meetings will be held at the work area on a day agreeable to all parties. At minimum, the meeting will be attended by the Contractor and the Engineer. The purpose of the meeting is to: 1. Review the work activity and location for the week. 2. Discuss the Contractor's personnel assignment for the week. 3. Review the previous week's activity. 4. Review the work schedule. 5. Discuss the possible problem areas and situations. 6. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 9. Coordination of projected progress. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Review status of "as -built" drawings prepared by Contractor to ascertain that Contractor is keeping "as -built" drawings CURRENT. 12. Other business relating to Work. B. Record minutes, and distribute copies within three days to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01039 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance. B. Schedule of references. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions of the Agreement. B. Section 00805 - Supplementary General Conditions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 N. Capitol St. NW Washington, DC 70001 ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150, Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 CFR Code of Federal Regulations U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 01449010 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60195 GRI Geosynthetic Research Institution Drivel University West Wing - Rush Bldg. #10 Philadelphia, PA 19104 NSF National Sanitation Foundation 3475 Plymouth Road P.O. Box 130140 Ann Arbor, Michigan 48113-0140 NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association 1730 Rhode Island Ave., N.W. Washington, DC 20036 TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087 USCOE U.S. Corps of Engineers P.O. Box 17300 Fort Worth, Texas 76102-0300 END OF SECTION 01449010 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures. B. Resubmittal requirements. C. Construction progress schedules. D. Proposed products list. E. Proposed equipment list. F. Shop drawings. G. Product data. H. Manufacturers' instructions. I. Manufacturers' certificates. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions of the Agreement. B. Section 00805 - Supplementary General Conditions. C. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturers' field services and reports. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Contract warranty, manufacturer's certificates and closeout submittals. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with Contractor's standard transmittal letter including Contractor's name, address and phone number. B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. C. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. D. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Engineer at his business address. Coordinate submission of related items. E. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. F. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. G. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 01449010 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1 04/ 1 1 H. Format 1. Submit all submittals digitally using .PDF file extension. Each submittal shall be a single .PDF file including transmittal letter. Multiple files for the same submittal will not be accepted. 2. Submittals in any other format, including .ZIP files, will be rejected. 3. Hard copies will not be accepted. 4. To ensure each page is legible, .PDF pages of drawings shall be the same size/scale as a hard copy. Where applicable, scale symbols should be provided to indicate scale. Illegible submittals will be rejected. 5. Submittals will be uploaded to Architect's Info Exchange website. 1. The submittal procedures described in this Article applies to the Construction Progress Schedule, Products List, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples (actual samples to be submitted, not digital files), Design Data, Test Reports, Certificates, Manufacturer's Instructions and Field Reports, and any other type of submittal submitted to Engineer. 1.5 RESUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Revise initial submittal as required identifying all changes made since previous submittal and resubmit to meet requirements as specified. B. Mark as RESUBMITTAL. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed for Engineer review. B. Revise and resubmit as required. C. Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates. 1.7 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit in a reproducible form. B. Submit the number of reproductions which Contractor requires, plus three copies which will be retained by Engineer. C. Drawing size shall be minimum 8 1/2 x 11 inches and maximum of 24 x 36 inches. 1.9 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus three copies which will be retained by the Engineer. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. C. Include recommendations for application and use, compliance with specified standards of trade associations and testing agencies. 01449010 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 2 04/ 1 1 D. Include notation of special coordination requirements for interfacing with adjacent work. E. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.11 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01356 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Where required, the Contractor shall develop a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), file a Notice of Intent (NOI) and implement storm water pollution prevention measures shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fines or penalties assessed by the appropriate regulatory agency for failure to make required inspections, failure to properly document those inspections, and/or failure to adequately implement and adjust the storm water pollution prevention measures where a SWPPP is implemented. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Inspection Reports. 1.4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General 1. Structural measures shall be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils, temporarily store flows, or otherwise limit run-off and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site. Structural practices shall be implemented in a timely manner during the construction process to minimize erosion and sediment run-off. B. Stabilized Ingress/Egress 1. Stabilized access to and from the construction site shall be installed as soon as practical where a SWPPP is required. 2. In all cases, Contractor shall ensure that any soil tracked off -site is cleaned from existing roads, alleys, and any adjacent properties as soon as possible. The Contractor or other responsible party shall check for any pollutants (mud, silt, sand, cement, construction materials, etc.) tracked or washed off -site and perform necessary clean-up measures at the end of each work day. C. Silt Fences/Diversion Berms 1. Where necessary, the Contractor shall provide silt fences and/or diversion berms as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. Silt fences and/or diversion berms shall be properly installed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g. clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading). D. Sand/Gravel Bags 1. The Contractor may provide sand/gravel bags as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. Bags shall be properly placed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work (e.g., clearing and grubbing, 01449010 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES 01356 - 1 04/ 1 1 excavation, embankment, and grading) in each independent runoff area (e.g., after clearing and grubbing in an area between a ridge and drain, bags shall be placed as work progresses, bags shall be removed/replaced/relocated as needed for work to progress in the drainage area). Sand/gravel bags must remain in good condition, or they shall be replaced. E. Site Stabilization 1. Contractor shall disturb the least amount of site area as possible. 2. Stabilization measures may include any of the following measures: a. temporary or permanent seeding or sodding, b. mulching, C. geotextiles, d. vegetative buffer stips, e. paving. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN NOTE: The limits of disturbance for this project will exceed 1.0 AC in size. Contractor to prepare and submit bid accordingly. A. A SWPPP is only required if the limits of disturbance exceed 1.0 AC. B. If limits of disturbance exceed 1 AC, the Contractor is responsible for meeting requirements of TPDES. (Contractor shall develop SWPPP, file a NOI and implement SWPPP measures). C. A completed Construction Site Notice form in accordance with the requirements of the State's general permit for storm water discharges from construction sites will be prepared by the Contractor (where a SWPPP is required). D. The SWPPP (where required) shall be continually updated as necessary to reflect current and changing conditions on site. Additional measures not specifically shown in the SWPPP maybe used to control erosion from leaving the site. END OF SECTION 01449010 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES 01356 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00805 - Supplementary General Conditions. B. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates. D. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 1.5 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will perform all testing services of geomembrane liner. B. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing if deemed necessary. C. The Contractor or the independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. D. Reports will be submitted by the Contractor or the independent firm to the Engineer, in triplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the either the Contractor or the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor. 01449010 QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, water, and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, water control, protection of the Work, and security. C. Construction Facilities: Progress cleaning and removal of utilities. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00805 - Supplementary General Conditions. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Use of landfill operations entrance is not permitted during construction. B. Contractor to install construction entrances as directed by Owner. Size of construction entrance is at the contractor's discretion. C. Contractor shall remove gates and return construction entrances to original pre-existing condition upon completion of the project. 1.5 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Contractor shall contact electric company to provide service for temporary power. B. Owner will not pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. C. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required by Contractor's operations. Provide flexible power cords as required. D. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location in conformance with National Electrical Code. 1.6 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Contractor shall provide temporary water service for all purposes (potable and nonpotable). B. Owner will not pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water. C. Contractor must provide a means at Contractor's expense to pump the water from the source and load water transport vehicles. D. An adequate water supply for construction is not available on site. 01449010 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500 - 1 04/ 1 1 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.7 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. B. Permanent building facilities shall not be used during construction operations. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.8 BARRIERS/TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Furnish all necessary traffic control signs and flag personnel. The Contractor shall establish a parking area in a location approved by the engineer and Owner. 1.9 STORM WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. Protect all lining materials from water before, during, and after installation. 1.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. 1.11 SECURITY/WORKING HOURS A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. Cost for security shall be included in bid price. B. The normal hours of operation for the landfill are from 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday — Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. Saturday. The Contractor will be allowed to work beyond the landfill normal working hours of operation. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing the site when doing so. 1.12 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site and dispose on existing working face at intervals as required to maintain clean site. 1.13 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 01449010 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500 - 2 04/ 1 1 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500 - 3 04/ 1 1 AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00805 - Supplementary General Conditions. B. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Product quality monitoring. 1.4 PRODUCTS A. Products mean new material, components, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery 1. Deliver materials, products and equipment to the project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 4. Arrange deliveries in accordance with the construction schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation to avoid unnecessary delays in the construction process. B. Storage 1. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled enclosures. 2. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. 01449010 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 04/ 1 1 3. Provide off -site storage and protection when site does not permit on -site storage or protection. 4. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. 5. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Provide cover to stockpile to prevent windblown contaminants from mixing with the stockpile. Granular materials shall not be stored on bare ground or asphalt surfaces. C. Handling 1. Handle materials, products and equipment in a manner prescribed by manufacturer or specified to protect from damage during storage and installation. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. 1.7 EQUIPMENT LIST A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals. 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Engineer will consider requests for substitutions only within 30 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance ofproposed Substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required or the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional cost or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re - approval by authorities. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit four copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. 01449010 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures. B. Final cleaning. C. Adjusting. D. Hazardous materials affidavit. E. Project record documents. F. Operations and maintenance data. G. Warranties. H. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Progress cleaning. 1.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.5 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep pave areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. H. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 01449010 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 04/ 1 1 I. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if air conditioning units were operated during construction. J. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities as directed by Engineer. 1.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.7 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AFFIDAVITS A. Contractor, each subcontractor, and each material/product supplier to provide a notarized affidavit declaring that hazardous materials were not incorporated into construction of nor delivered to the Project. B. Hazardous materials include asbestos, lead polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), prohibited termite eradication chemicals or any substance of any proportion determined or suspected by an agency of federal or state government to create a health hazard. C. Provide table of contents listing all affidavits in alphabetical order and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Prepare binder cover with printed title "AFFIDAVITS OF NON -INCORPORATED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS", Title of Project, Project Address, Owner's Names, Address and Phone and date of Construction Completion. E. Provide two complete, identical binders of the aforementioned information in the prescribed format. F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, two sets of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 01449010 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 2 04/ 1 1 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 6. Changes made by addenda and modification. F. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit one copy 15 days prior to final inspection, 8 '/2 x 11 inch text pages, bound in three D-ring binders with durable plastic covers. B. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with Engineer comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. C. Submit two final volumes revised within ten days after final inspection. D. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. E. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. F. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system description identified, type on 24 pound white paper. G. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. H. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions necessary for Owner to make full and efficient use of equipment including recommended maintenance and seasonal change -over procedures for HVAC systems. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. L Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 01449010 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 04/ 1 1 1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01449010 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 04/ 1 1 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project site has been excavated to near final grades shown on Project Drawings. Earthwork shall include the following. 1. Miscellaneous grading to repair erosion and proof rolling subgrades for liner systems at Cell VI and Leachate Evaporation Pond. 2. General excavation and filling for those areas to new contours. 3. Excavating and backfilling anchor trenches. 4. Preparing subgrades for concrete access ramps, sump access, and booted pipe penetration. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01090 — Reference Standards. B. Section 01500 — Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls. C. Section 02240 — Geosynthetic Clay Liner. D. Section 02245 - Geomembrane Liner. E. Section 02260 — Protective Soil Cover. F. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.4 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation, title or are used to establish criteria. The latest publication in use at the time of the executed contract shall be the one used on this project. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM D 698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft) ASTM D 6938 Standard Test Method for In -Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) ASTM D 4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 1 04/ 1 1 TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Municipal Solid Waste Management Regulation, 30 TAC Chapter 330 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill 1. A specified material used in refilling a cut, trench, over excavation or other excavation, placed at a specified degree of compaction. B. Compaction 1. The process of mechanically stabilizing a material by increasing its density at a controlled moisture condition. "Degree of Compaction" is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure described in ASTM D 698 for general soil types abbreviated in this specification as " 95 percent ASTM D 698 maximum density". C. Embankment 1. A "fill" having a top that is higher than adjoining ground. D. Excavation 1. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. E. Fill 1. Specified material placed at a specified degree of compaction to obtain an indicated grade or elevation. F. Hard Material 1. Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment with ripper teeth or the use of jack hammers for removal. G. hi Situ Soil 1. Existing in place soil. H. Lift 1. A layer (or course) of soil placed on top of a previously prepared or placed soil. I. Rock 1. Solid, homogeneous, interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement, exceeding 1 cubic yard in volume. Removal of "hard material" will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production. J. Soil 1. The surface material of the earth's crust resulting from the chemical and mechanical weathering of rock and organic material. K. Subgrade 1. The material in excavation (cuts) and fills (embankments) immediately below any subbase, base, liner, or other improvement. Also, as a secondary definition, the level below which work above is referenced. 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 04/ 1 1 L. Subgrade 1. The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below geomembrane liner, geosynthetic clay liner, or reinforced concrete. M. Topsoil 1. hi natural or undisturbed soil formations, the fine-grained, weathered material on the surface or directly below any loose or partially decomposed organic matter. Topsoil may be a dark -colored, fine, silty, or sandy material with a high content of well decomposed organic matter, often containing traces of the parent rock material. Gradation and material requirements specified herein apply to all topsoil references in this contract. The material shall be representative of productive soils in the vicinity. N. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense. O. Unsatisfactory Material 1. Existing, in situ soil or other material which can be identified as having insufficient strength characteristics or stability to carry intended loads in fill or embankment without excessive consolidation or loss of stability. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made fills, refuse, frozen material, uncompacted backfills from previous construction, unsound rock or soil lenses, or other deleterious or objectionable material. P. Working Platform 1. A layer of compacted crushed rock or natural stone that replaces the in situ soil to provide a stable, uniform bearing foundation for construction equipment to facilitate further site construction. 1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver and store materials as needed in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING A. Base bids on the following criteria: 1. Surface elevations as indicated. 2. The character of the material to be excavated or used for subgrade is as indicated. Hard material shall not be considered as rock and removal of such material shall not give cause for a claim for additional compensation regardless of hardness or difficulty in removing. Rock as defined in the paragraph entitled, "Definitions," will not be encountered. 3. Suitable backfill and fill material in the quantities required is available at the project site. 4. Blasting will not be permitted. Remove material by drilling and use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers, or as approved by the Engineer. 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT A. Subgrade preparation for areas to receive geomembrane liner or geosynthetic clay liner must include rolling with a self-propelled smooth drum roller. B. No equipment will be allowed within the limits of the lining system without prior approval from the Engineer. Submit all equipment to be used within the limits of the liner in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals including equipment weights, ground pressures, required lift thickness, etc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection and Restoration of Surfaces 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements. Repair and reestablish damaged or eroded slopes, elevations or grades and restore surface construction prior to acceptance. Protect existing streams, ditches and storm drain inlets from water -borne soil by means of straw bale dikes or filter fabric dams as needed. Conduct work in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01356 - Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures. B. Stockpile of Excavated Material 1. Stockpile excavated material in accordance with Section 01010 - Summary of Work and in such a manner that it will not obstruct the flow of runoff, streams, endanger a partly finished structure, impair the efficiency or appearance of facilities, or be detrimental to the completed work. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clearing 1. Brush, refuse, stumps, roots, and unmerchantable timber shall become the property of the Contractor and be removed as directed by the Engineer. Conduct work in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01356, "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures." B. Stockpiling Topsoil 1. Strip approved topsoil from the site where excavation or grading is indicated and stockpile separately from other excavated material. Locate topsoil as shown on plans so that the material can be used readily for the finished grading. Protect and store in segregated piles until needed. C. Unsatisfactory Material 1. Remove organic matter, sod, muck, rubbish, and unsuitable soils under the limits of construction. Typical depth of removal of such unsuitable material will not be less than 12 inches. D. Protect structures, utilities, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. E. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils. 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 04/ 1 1 3.3 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.4 GENERAL EXCAVATION A. Excavate to the indicated slopes, lines, depths and elevations. The Engineer will verify that the excavation has been performed in accordance with the Project Drawings. Stockpile excavated material as directed by Owner and Engineer. Prepare subgrade in accordance with paragraph 3.6, PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE AND COMPACTED BERMS, of this section. B. In the process of excavating over the existing lining system, it is unlikely that waste will be encountered. If waste is encountered, Contractor to dispose of this waste on the active working face, as directed by the Owner, and cover any remaining exposed waste with a minimum of six (6) inches of clean soil of the same type as that used for the protective cover. C. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required subgrade elevations regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. D. Keep excavations free from water while construction is in progress. Notify the Engineer immediately in writing in the event that it becomes necessary to remove rock, hard material, or other material defined as unsatisfactory to a depth greater than indicated. Refill excavations cut below required subgrade elevations. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR ANCHOR TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and elevations. The Engineer shall verify that the trench has been constructed according to Project Drawings. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths as shown on Project Drawings. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to top, except rounded edges will be provided where liner materials enter anchor trenches so as to avoid sharp bends in the geosynthetic materials. C. If the trench is located in clay susceptible to desiccation, only the amount of trench required for one day of installation shall be excavated to minimize desiccation of trench soils. 3.6 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE AND COMPACTED BERMS A. Fine -grade subgrade to smooth, uniform and compacted conditions, to elevations shown on Project Drawings. Remove all stones larger than 3/4-inch in diameter and any other objects which could damage overlying geosynthetic materials. B. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by the Engineer. C. Proof roll subgrade with self propelled smooth drum roller or by methods acceptable to the Engineer to remove clods and non -uniform subgrade. D. Construct berms to the grades shown. Use suitable fill materials from on site as directed by the Owner and compact to 95% standard proctor density (ASTM D698). Control the development of rills, repairing any that occur, and maintain the side slopes for the duration of the project. E. The top 12-inches of all berms shall be constructed of topsoil compacted no more than 75% standard proctor density (ASTM D698). 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 04/ 1 1 3.7 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavations as directed by the Engineer. 3.8 ANCHOR TRENCH BACKFILL A. The trenches shall be backfilled and compacted in loose lifts not to exceed 8-inches. Compaction shall be achieved using light, rubber -tired equipment or other light compaction equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the geosynthetic materials. At no time shall construction equipment come into direct contact with the geomembrane liner or geosynthetic clay liner. If damage occurs, it shall be repaired by the Contractor, in accordance with the specifications, prior to completion of backfilling. B. The trenches shall be compacted to the Maximum Dry Density shown on the plans as determined by ASTM D698. 3.9 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade or backfill layer before compaction to optimum moisture content or higher. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. a. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 3.10 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. Correct and control wind and water erosion. B. Site Grading 1. Grade to finished grades indicated within 0.10 foot. No rock will protrude above the finished grade elevation. Rock that protrudes will be removed below grade and the void backfilled and compacted to ASTM D698 (95%). Grade areas to drain where possible. Existing grades which are to remain but are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to preconstruction condition. C. Protection of Surfaces 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements that may occur and as required in the Section 01356, "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures" and as specified in paragraph 3.1.A of this Section entitled "Protection and Restoration of Surfaces." Repair or reestablish damaged grades, elevations, or slopes before work will be accepted. 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 04/ 1 1 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor will allow the Engineer to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. 1. Liner Subgrade: Proof roll to smooth surface such that no ruts or other surface indentions exceed one inch in depth. 2. Trench Backfill: In each compacted initial and final backfill layer, perform at least one field in -place density test for each 150 feet or less of trench, but no fewer than two tests. 3. Berm Construction: a. Fill materials will be placed in 8-inch loose lift thicknesses and compacted to required densities. Field densities will be performed every 8,000 square feet per compacted lift for area fill and every 500 linear feet per lift for embankment. b. Cohesive soil having a plasticity index less than 15 shall be compacted to at least 95 percent ASTM D 698 at optimum moisture content (+/- 2 percent). Cohesive soils with a plasticity index of 15 or more shall be compacted to at least 95 percent ASTM D 698 at or above optimum moisture content. B. When test results report that subgrades, fills, or backfills are below specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density is obtained. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Engineer; reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.13 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on the Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Engineer. 1. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and dispose of it on the active face as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 01449010 EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 7 04/ 1 1 SECTION 02240 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division I - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL). B. Installation of GCL. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 — Excavation and Earthwork. B. Section 02245 - Geomembrane Liner. 1.4 REFERENCES Applicable Publications: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The latest publication in use at the time of the executed contract will be the one that governs this project. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 1. ASTM D 2216 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass. 2. ASTM D 4354 Standard Practice for Sampling Geosynthetis for Testing. 3. ASTM D 4632 Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 4. ASTM D 5084 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Hydraulic conductivity of Saturated Porous Materials using a Flexible Wall Permeameter. 5. ASTM D 5261 Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles. 6. ASTM D 5321 Standard Test Method for Determining the Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction by the Direct Shear Method. 7. ASTM D 5887 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Index Flux Through Saturated Geosynthetic Clay Liner Specimens Using a Flexible Wall Permeameter. 8. ASTM D 5890 Standard Test Method for Swell Index of Clay Mineral Component of Geosynthetic Clay Liners. 9. ASTM D 5993 Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass Per Unit of Geosynthetic Clay Liners. 10. ASTM D 6768 Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Geosynthetic Clay Liners. 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 1 04/ 1 1 11. MSW Permit Owner's TCEQ, MSW Permit. 12. SLQCP Owner's Soil and Liner Quality Control Plan (SLQCP). B. Geosynthetics Research Institute, Drexel University: 1. GRI-GCL-2 Test Method for Permeability of Geosynthetic Clay Liners. C. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: 1. TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Municipal Solid Waste Management Regulation, 30 TAC Chapter 330 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturing 1. The Manufacturer shall have at least four (4) years continuous experience in the manufacture of Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL) rolls and/or experience totaling 5,000,000 square feet of manufactured GCL. The manufacturer shall permit the owner and the Engineer to visit the manufacturing plant. B. Installation 1. The installation contractor shall have successfully installed a minimum of 1,000,000 square feet of similar lining material in solid waste containment structures, and shall submit evidence of his ability and capacity to perform this work. The installation contractor can meet these criteria by teaming with a subcontractor who is identified in the bid along with the firm's experience. 2. Installation shall be performed under the constant direction of a single Field Installation Supervisor who shall remain on site and be responsible, throughout the liner installation, for liner layout, patching, testing, repairs, and all other activities by the Installer. This Installation Supervisor shall have installed or supervised the installation of a minimum of 1,000,000 square feet of GCL. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer 1. Quality control program and manual, or descriptive documentation. 2. List of material properties and samples of GCL, including data pertaining to typical interface friction angles for the various products. 3. A list documenting no less than 5 completed facilities totaling a minimum of 1,000,000 square feet. 4. Copy of quality control certificates in conformance with Sections 2.4 and the SLQCP. B. Installation Contractor 1. Certification that the Installation Supervisor for the installer has reviewed the Quality Assurance Plan, the Project Plans, and these specifications. 2. A list of at least 5 completed facilities, totaling a minimum of 1,000,000 square feet for which the Contractor has installed a GCL. 3. Proposed Installation Panel layout identifying seams and details. Layout plan must be approved by the Engineer at least 10 days before materials are ordered. The panel layout must provide a numbering scheme to be used in quality control/assurance procedures and shall provide that: a. Seams run up and down slopes. b. Field seam lengths are to be minimized. C. GCL shall not have any penetrations. 4. Written certification that Installer is capable of performing all necessary construction testing as required by the TCEQ. 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 2 04/ 1 1 Any proposed variance or deviation from these documents shall be submitted in writing by the Installer to the Engineer a minimum of seven (7) working days prior to the scheduled start of GCL installation and will be accepted/rejected by the Engineer prior to start of installation activities. 1.7 WARRANTY A written Warranty shall be obtained from the Manufacturer (for material) and the Installation Contractor (for workmanship). These documents shall warrant the quality of the in place liner A. Manufacturer 1. Furnish a written warranty on a prorata basis for a period of 20 years. The warranty shall be against manufacturing defects or workmanship and against deterioration due to ozone, ultraviolet or other normal weather aging. The warranty shall be limited to replacement of material only, and shall not cover installation. B. Installation Contractor 1. Furnish a written warranty that the entire lining installed to be free of defects in material and workmanship and installed pursuant to the Owner's "Soil and Liner Quality Control Plan" (SLQCP) for a period of 2 years following the date of the Certificate of Completion. The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship which become evident during the 2 year warranty period. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Transportation 1. The GCL rolls or panels shall be packaged individually, in relatively impermeable and opaque protective covers, and shipped by appropriate means so that no damage is caused. Tears in the protective covers shall be repaired immediately. Transportation shall be the responsibility of the Installer. B. Delivery 1. Off-loading and storage of the GCL rolls is the responsibility of the Installer. The Installer shall be responsible for replacing any damaged or unacceptable material at no cost to the Owner. No off-loading shall be done unless the Engineer is present. Damage during off-loading shall be documented by the Engineer and Installer. All damaged rolls must be separated from the undamaged rolls until the proper disposition of that material has been determined by the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will be the final authority on determination of damage. C. On -Site Storage 1. The GCL material shall be stored in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendation, so as to be protected from puncture, dirt, grease, water, moisture, mud, mechanical abrasions, excessive heat, or other damage. 2. The rolls shall be stored on a prepared surface (not wooden pallets). GCL rolls consisting of bentonite supported by geotextiles shall not be stacked more than four rolls high or as recommended by the manufacturer. GCL rolls consisting of bentonite supported by geomembranes shall not be stacked more than two rolls high or as recommended by the manufacturer. 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 3 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. The GCL shall consist of natural sodium bentonite encapsulated between two polypropylene geotextiles. B. Accessory bentonite for seaming and detail work shall be the same material as in the GCL sheets and shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Geotextiles will consist of woven or non -woven materials. On side slopes, at least one side of GCL must be made of non -woven material. D. On side slopes steeper than seven horizontal to one vertical (7:1), GCL must be reinforced by either needlepunching or lock -stitching for internal shear strength reinforcement. E. GCL used on side slopes shall have a coefficient of friction of GCL to the subgrade soil of not less than 22°, and will have a coefficient of friction of GCL to the Textured Geomembranes of not less than 22°, as determined by an independent testing lab. 2.2 RAW MATERIALS The GCL shall be manufactured of new, first -quality products and shall be manufactured specifically for the intended purpose. 2.3 ROLLS A. The geomembrane shall be supplied in rolls with a minimum width of 15 feet. Rolls in lengths greater than 125 feet may be 12 feet in width. Labels on each roll shall identify the following: 1. Manufacturer. 2. Product Identification. 3. Roll Number. 4. Roll Dimensions. 5. Roll Weight. B. The roll length shall be maximized to provide the largest manageable sheet for the fewest field seams. C. Manufactured GCL sheets shall be constructed such that bentonite will not be displaced during transportation, storage and installation. 2.4 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED TESTING A. Material Testing 1. Prior to use, the material shall be certified in writing by the manufacturer. The certificate must include roll identification number, testing procedure and test results. Report the following parameters: 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 4 04/ 1 1 TABLE 1 BENTONITE MATERIAL Property Test Method Value Unit Frequency Bentonite ASTM D 5890 18 min. ml/2g 1 per 100,000 ft.2 Swell Index Bentonite ASTM D 5891 18 max. ml 1 per 100,000 ft.2 Fluid Loss TABLE 2 GEOTEXTILE MATERIAL Property Test Method Value Unit Frequency Woven Mass/Unit Area ASTM D 5261 3.0 min oz/yd2 1 per 100,000 ft.2 Nonwoven Mass/Unit Area ASTM D 5261 6.0 min oz/yd2 1 per 100,000 ft.2 Woven Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 100 lbs 1 per 100,000 ft.2 Nonwoven Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 140 lbs 1 per 100,000 ft.2 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 5 04/ 1 1 TABLE 3 BENTONITE/GEOTEXTILE COMPOSITE MATERIAL Property Test Method Value Units Frequency Clay Mass/Unit Area ASTM D 5993 (1) 0.8 min psf 1 per 40,000 ft.2 Water Content ASTM D 2216 -- % 1 per 40,000 ft.2 Permeability (5 psi) ASTM D 5887 5.0x10-9 max cm/sec (2) Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 90 lbs. 1 per 200,000 ft.2 (1) Measured at 1500 C (2) One per week per production line B. Quality Control Inspection 1. For needle -punched GCL, manufacturer must provide written certification that material is "needle free" by continuous inspections for the presence of broken needles using a metal detector. 2.5 SEAM OVERLAP A. Match lines shall be imprinted on both edges of the upper geotextile fabric for bentonite/geotextile GCLs as a means for providing quality assurance of the overlap being within manufacturer's recommendations. Lines shall be printed such that they are easily visible and at lap distances recommended by the manufacturer. An additional line 12-inches from the edge will be included for overlap in leachate collection lines. 2.6 QUALITY CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS A. Sample Selection - Upon delivery to the installation site, test samples shall be obtained by the Owner to verify conformance to project plans and specifications as well as manufacturer's certifications. Samples shall be taken from selected rolls by removing the protective cover and cutting a full width, three (3) feet long strip. One revolution of the GCL may be discarded before cutting the sample. The sample roll shall be rewrapped and stored with other rolls. The sample strips shall be identified by type, style, lot and roll number. The machine direction shall be noted with a waterproof marker. B. Conformance Testing 1. Samples shall be tested by Owner for conformance with the properties shown in Table 4, below: 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 6 04/ 1 1 TABLE 4 GCL ON SITE CONFORMANCE TESTS Property Test Method Value Unit Frequency Permeability (5 psi) ASTM D 5887 5.Ox10-9 max cm/sec 1/100,000 ft2 Clay Mass/Unit Area ASTM D 5993 0.8 min psf 1/100,000 ft2 Direct Shear (Internal) (2) ASTM D 5321 22 degrees one Direct Shear (Interface) (2) ASTM D 5321 22 degrees (1) (1) Once per soil type, or interface. (2) Normal load conditions of 200 psf, 500 psf, and 1,000 psf. See Section 01300 — Submittals, for submittal information on direct shear requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Before placing GCL, the Contractor shall provide written documentation that the surfaces to receive GCL have been inspected and are acceptable for installation of the lining. Acceptable surface conditions shall be as described in Section 02200 — Excavation and Earthwork and in the SLQCP with no excessive cracking (defined as cracks at least 1-inch in depth and 12-inches in length). 3.2 ANCHOR TRENCH Anchor trenches shall be constructed as specified prior to liner system placement. 3.3 PLACEMENT A. Sheets will be placed in such a manner as to reduce field seams to a minimum. B. Proof -roll subgrade prior to GCL placement. In order to minimize subgrade degradation, GCL placement will commence within four (4) hours of proof -rolling. C. The Installer shall be responsible for the following: 1. No equipment or tools shall damage the GCL by handling, trafficking, or other means. 2. No personnel working on the GCL shall smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in other activities that could damage the GCL. 3. The method used to unroll the panels shall not cause crimps or other damage to the GCL. 4. The method used to place the panels shall minimize wrinkles. Wrinkles shall be identified as to proper location and compensation shall be identified on the Contractor's and Engineer's drawings. Ballast shall be used to prevent relocation of the compensating wrinkles by wind. 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 7 04/ 1 1 5. Adequate loading (e.g., sand bags or similar items that will not damage the GCL) shall be placed to prevent uplift by wind (in case of high winds, continuous loading is recommended along edges of panels to minimize risk of wind flow under the panels). 6. Direct contact with the GCL shall be minimized, i.e., the GCL in traffic areas is protected by geotextiles, excess geomembrane, or other suitable materials. 7. No objects which would be potentially harmful to the GCL or overlying layers remain under, within or on top of the GCL (i.e., tools, needles, stones, etc.). 8. Dragging of GCL material on subgrade will be avoided. D. Weather Limitations 1. GCL placement shall not be done during any precipitation or times of impending precipitation, when the relative humidity exceeds 80 percent, or in the presence of excessive winds, as determined by the installation supervisor. The GCL shall not be placed in the presence of surface moisture (e.g., dew, frost) or on ponded water. GCL which becomes hydrated prior to being covered must be replaced. E. Geosynthetic Liner Protection 1. GCL placement will be limited to that amount that can be installed and covered with geomembrane in one working day. GCL will not be left uncovered and exposed to the elements at the end of any day. F. Damaged Material Replacement 1. GCL which has becomes hydrated before being covered shall be removed and replaced. 3.4 FIELD SEAMING A. Seam Overlap & Bentonite Fillet 1. Seams shall be overlapped as recommended by the manufacturer. For bentonite/geotextile GCLs overlaps shall extend to the manufacturer's printed match line. A fillet of dry granular bentonite will be poured at a rate of 1 /4 pound per linear foot, or as recommended by the manufacturer if the GCL has non -woven geotextile encasement, along the entire length of all overlap seams. For bentonite/geomembrane GCLs, the overlap will be a minimum of six inches. Sheets will be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches at leachate collection sumps. B. Seams on Slopes 1. Panels shall be oriented so that the long edges are parallel to the direction of maximum slope. Lateral field seams on side slopes will be avoided if at all possible. However, if extremely long side slopes (longer than the maximum length of roll that the GCL material is available or manufactured) are included in the project, seams along the face of the side slopes will be considered under the following circumstances: a. If seams will be required across side slopes, the Design Engineer will be contacted by the product manufacturer during the bid phase of the project. b. In all cases, should lateral seams be required on side slopes, the manufacturers of the products, the installers of the products, the Contractor, the Geotechnical Professional and the Design Engineer will review the situation and make recommendations as to the integrity of the seaming method and the entire lining system as it relates to the lateral seams. C. In the case of GCL consisting of bentonite supported by geotextiles, the GCL panels will be overlapped a minimum of three (3) feet with uppermost panel overlapping the lower panel. A water resistant adhesive will be applied in the overlapped areas. 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 8 04/ 1 1 3.5 SIDE SLOPES A. On side slopes, non -woven geotextile material will be placed facing down. 3.6 REPAIRS A. Any necessary repairs to the GCL shall be made by placing a patch of the same material extending at least one (1) foot beyond the flaw or damaged area. Granular bentonite shall be added to the overlapped area at a uniform rate of at least 1 /4 pound per linear foot. Adhesive of the type approved by the manufacturer may be used to keep patches in place during placement of overlying materials. 3.7 GCL ACCEPTANCE A. The Installer shall retain all ownership and responsibility for the GCL until acceptance by the Owner. B. The GCL shall be accepted by the Owner when all of the following conditions are met: 1. Installation is finished. 2. Verification of the adequacy of all field seams and repairs is complete. 3. Written certification, including "as built" drawing(s), is provided by the Installer to the Engineer. 4. Documentation of completed installation, including all reports is complete. 5. Acceptance of "Geosynthetic Clay Liner Evaluation Report" by the TCEQ. END OF SECTION 01449010 GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER 02240 - 9 04/ 1 1 SECTION 02245 GEOMEMBRANE LINER PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. 60-Mil High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane liner (GML), smooth and textured. B. Installation of HDPE GML. 1.3 REFERENCES Applicable Publications: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The latest publication in use at the time of the executed contract will be the one that governs this project. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 1. ASTM D 413 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property -Adhesion to Flexible Substrate. 2. ASTM D 638 Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 3. ASTM D 746 Standard Test Methods for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. 4. ASTM D 751 Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics. 5. ASTM D 792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacements. 6. ASTM D 882 Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. 7. ASTM D 1004 Standard Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance (Graves Tear) of Plastic Film and Sheeting. 8. ASTM D 1204 Standard Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of Nonrigid Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated Temperature. 9. ASTM D 1238 Standard Test Method for Melt Flow Rates of Thermoplastic by Extrusion Plastometer. 10. ASTM D 1505 Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density - Gradient Technique. 11. ASTM D 1593 Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Plastic Sheeting. 12. ASTM D 1603 Standard Test Method for Carbon Black in Olefin Plastics. 13. ASTM D 1693 Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress -Cracking of Ethylene Plastics. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 1 04/11 14. ASTM D 1822 Standard Test Method for Tensile -Impact Energy to Break Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 15. ASTM D 4437 Standard Practice for Non-destructive Testing (NDT) for Determining the Integrity of Field Seams Used in Joining Flexible Polymeric Sheet Geomembrane. 16. ASTM D 4833 Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes and Related Products. 17. ASTM D 5199 Standard Test Method for Measuring Nominal Thickness of Geosynthetics. 18. ASTM D 5321 Standard Test Method for Determining the Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction by the Direct Shear Method. 19. ASTM D 5397 Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Stress Crack Resistance of Polyolefin Geomembranes using Notched Constant Tensil Load Test. 20. ASTM D 5596 Standard Test Method for Microscopic Evaluation of the Dispersion of Carbon Black in Polyolefin Geosynthetics. 21. ASTM D 5594 Standard Test Method for Measuring Core Thickness of Textured Geomembrane. 22. ASTM D 6392 Standard Test Method for Determining the Integrity of Nonreinforced Geomembrane Seams Produced Using Thermo - Fusion Methods. 23. ASTM D 6693 Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Properties of Nonreinforced Polyethylene and Nonreinforced Flexible Polypropylene Geomembranes. B. Geosynthetics Research Institute: 1. GRI GM 13 HDPE Liners. C. Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission: 1. TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Municipal Solid Waste Management Regulation, 30 TAC Chapter 330. D. Owner: 1. MSW Permit Owner's TCEQ MSW Permit No. 69. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturing 1. The Manufacturer shall have at least five (5) years continuous experience in the manufacture of HDPE geomembrane rolls and/or experience totaling 10,000,000 square feet of manufactured HDPE geomembrane. The manufacturer shall permit the owner and the Engineer to visit the manufacturing plant. B. Installation 1. The installation contractor shall be the manufacturer or an approved contractor trained and licensed to install the manufacturer's geomembrane. 2. Installation shall be performed under the constant direction of a single Field Installation Supervisor who shall remain on site and be responsible, throughout the liner installation, for liner layout, seaming, patching, testing, repairs, and all other activities by the Installer. This Installation Supervisor shall have installed or supervised the installation and seaming of a minimum of 2,000,000 square feet of HDPE geomembrane. Actual seaming shall be performed under the direction of a Master Seamer (who may also be the Installation Supervisor) who has seamed a minimum of 2,000,000 square feet of HDPE geomembrane, using the same type of 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 2 04/11 seaming apparatus specified in the current project. This Installation Supervisor and/or Master Seamer shall be present whenever seaming is performed. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer 1. Quality control program and manual, or descriptive documentation. 2. List of material properties and samples of liner. 3. A list documenting no less than 5 completed facilities totaling a minimum of 2,000,000 square feet. 4. Certification that all resin used in the manufacture of geomembrane for this job meets the specifications. 5. Copy of quality control certificates issued by the HDPE resin supplier. 6. Copy of quality control certificates in conformance with Sections 2.2 and 2.5. 7. Certification that the geomembrane and extrudate produced for this project have the same properties. B. Installation Contractor 1. Certification that both the Installation Supervisor for the installer and the Master Seamer have reviewed the Quality Assurance Plan, the Project Plans, and these specifications. 2. Three (3) samples of factory seams, if applicable. In addition, the Contractor shall submit three field seam samples. The Contractor shall also provide a list of seam properties, minimum values (see section 2.4), and test methods employed. 3. A list of at least 5 completed facilities, totaling a minimum of 2,000,000 square feet for which the Contractor has installed an HDPE geomembrane. 4. Proposed Installation Panel layout identifying seams and details. a. Layout plan must be approved by the Engineer at least 10 days before materials are ordered. The panel layout must provide a numbering scheme to be used in quality control/assurance procedures and shall provide that: 1) Seams run up and down slopes. 2) Field seam lengths are to be minimized. 3) GML shall not have any penetrations. 5. Written certification that Installer is capable of performing all necessary construction testing as required by the TCEQ. 6. Any proposed variance or deviation from these documents shall be submitted in writing by the Installer to the Engineer a minimum of seven (7) working days prior to the scheduled start of geomembrane installation and will be accepted/rejected by the Engineer prior to start of installation activities. C. Materials 1. Submit samples as required in the SLQCP. 1.6 WARRANTY A. A written Warranty shall be obtained from the Manufacturer (for material) and the Installation Contractor (for workmanship). These documents shall warrant the quality of the in -place liner. B. Manufacturer 1. Furnish a written warranty on a prorate basis for a period of 20 years. The warranty shall be against manufacturing defects or workmanship and against deterioration due to ozone, ultraviolet or other normal weather aging. The warranty shall be limited to replacement of material only, and shall not cover installation. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 3 04/11 C. Installation Contractor 1. Furnish a written warranty that the entire lining installed to be free of defects in material and workmanship and installed pursuant to the City of Lubbock "Soil and Liner Quality Control Plan" (SLQCP) for a period of 2 years following the date of the Certificate of Completion. The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship which become evident during the 2 year warranty period. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Transportation 1. The geomembrane rolls or panels shall be packaged and shipped by appropriate means so that no damage is caused. Transportation shall be the responsibility of the Installer. B. Delivery 1. Off-loading and storage of the geomembrane is the responsibility of the Installer. The Installer shall be responsible for replacing any damaged or unacceptable material at no cost to the Owner. No off-loading shall be done unless the Engineer is present. Damage during off-loading shall be documented by the Engineer and Installer. All damaged rolls must be separated from the undamaged rolls until the proper disposition of that material has been determined by the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will be the final authority on determination of damage. C. On -Site Storage 1. The geomembrane shall be stored so as to be protected from puncture, dirt, grease, water, moisture, mud, mechanical abrasions, excessive heat, or other damage. 2. The rolls shall be stored on a prepared surface (not wooden pallets) and should not be stacked more than two rolls high. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. The geomembrane shall be High -Density Polyethylene. B. Textured HDPE will have a coefficient of friction of GM to subgrade and protective soil cover of not less than 22 degrees. �i.�►�i1 163851 lui:1:7\►19-WITAL&%V0a4"1F_11ILI A. The geomembrane shall be manufactured of new, first -quality resin and shall be compounded and manufactured specifically for the intended purpose. Carbon black shall be added to the resin if the resin is not compounded for ultra -violet resistance. The resin manufacturer shall certify each batch for the properties shown in Tables 1 and 2. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 4 04/11 2.3 ROLLS A. The geomembrane shall be supplied in rolls with a minimum width of 15 feet. Labels on each roll shall identify the thickness of the material, the length and width of the roll, batch and roll numbers, and name of manufacturer. The roll length shall be maximized to provide the largest manageable sheet for the fewest field seams. B. The geomembrane rolls shall meet the properties shown on Table 1 for smooth membrane material, and Table 2 for textured membrane material. C. Prior to use, the material shall be certified in writing by the manufacturer to meet the minimum physical properties shown on Tables 1 and 2. The certificate must include roll identification number, testing procedure and test results. Test results are required for every 50,000 square feet of material shipped to site. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 5 04/11 TABLE 1 TYPICAL PROPERTIES: 60 mil, Smooth Liner TEST RESULTS Property Test Method Nominall') Minimum (2) Thickness (mils) ASTM D 5199 60 54 Sheet Density (g/cc) ASTM D 1505/792 0.940 Melt Index (g/10 minutes) ASTM D 1238 < 1.0 Carbon Black Content, (%) ASTM D 1603 2.0 Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 5596 (4) TENSILE PROPERTIES: 1) Tensile strength at yield, ppi ASTM D 638 TY IV 132 2) Elongation at Yield, % (mod. per NSF Std. 54) 12 3) Tensile Strength at Break, ppi 228 4) Elongation at Break, (2.0" G.L.)% 750 Tear Strength, lbs. ASTM D 1004 45 Puncture Resistance, lbs. ASTM D 4833 108 Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D 746 < 60°F Environmental Stress Crack ASTM D 1693 200 Resistance, hours (Cond. B) Dimensional Stability, (%) ASTM D 1204 +/-2 SEAM PROPERTIES - Fusion Weld ASTM D 4437 1) Shear Strength, ppi (mod. per NSF Std. 54) 132 2) Peel Strength, ppi 78 SEAM PROPERTIES - Extrusion Weld ASTM D 6392 1) Shear Strength, ppi (mod per NSF Std. 54) 132 2) Peel Strength, ppi 90 (1) Nominal values, are average lot property values. (2) Minimum values, unless otherwise specified, are the average roll values as reported by the specified test method. (3) Film Tear Bond (4) 9 of 10 Views in Categories 1 or 2 and 1 of 10 views is Category 3. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 6 04/11 TABLE 2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES: 60 mil, Textured Liner TEST RESULTS Property Test Method Nominal Minimum Thickness, mils ASTM D 5994 60 54 Sheet Density, g/cc ASTM D 1505 / D 792 0.94 Melt Index, g/10 minutes ASTM D 1238 <1.0 Carbon Black Content, % ASTM D 1603 2.0 Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 5596 (1) TENSILE PROPERTIES ASTM D 638 1) Tensile Strength at Yield, ppi. Type IV 132 2) Tensile Strength at Break, ppi (mod per NSF Std. 54) 132 3) Elongation at Yield, % 12 4) Elongation at Break "(2.0" G.L.)% 200 Tear Strength, lbs. ASTM D 1004 45 Puncture Resistance, lbs. ASTM D 4833 108 Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D 746 <60°F Environmental Stress Crack ASTM D 1693 200 Resistance, hours (Cond. B) Dimensional Stability, % ASTM D 1204 +/-2.0 SEAM PROPERTIES - Fusion Weld ASTM D 4437 1) Shear Strength, ppi (mod. per NSF Std. 54) 132 2) Peel Strength, ppi 78 SEAM PROPERTIES - Extrusion Weld ASTM D 4437 1) Shear Strength, ppi (mod per NSF Std. 54) 132 2) Peel Strength, ppi 90 (1) 9 of 10 Views in Categories 1 or 2 and 1 of 10 Views in Category 3. 2.4 FIELD SEAMS A. The field seams shall be tested as follows: 1. Shear seam specimens are 1 inch wide, with a grip separation of 4 inches plus the width of the seam. The seam is to be centered between the clamps. The grip separation rate is 2 ipm. 2. Both shear seam strength and peel tests shall be run on five replicate specimens. A break through the weld or at the weld -sheet interface shall be considered a Non-FTB (failure) in both seam strength (shear) and peel strength tests. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 7 04/11 3. Approved field seaming processes are hot shoe fusion welding and extrusion welding. 4. Welding rods or beads used for extrusion welding shall be HDPE and the physical properties shall be the same as those of the resin used in the manufacture of the HDPE geomembrane. 2.5 QUALITY CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS A. Raw Materials 1. Resin a. All resins for use in Geomembrane must pass a candidate pre -approval process before being eligible for use. Each incoming rail car shall be sampled by compartment with the following testing performed and compared to the manufacturer's specifications: 1) Density: ASTM D 1505/D792. 2) Melt Index: ASTM D 1238. 2. Additives a. All additives and concentrates must pass a candidate pre -approval process. All inc/D792oming materials are to be statistically sampled with the following testing performed and compared to the manufacturer's specifications: 1) Density: ASTM D 1505/D792. 2) Melt Index: ASTM D 1238. 3) Carbon Black Content: ASTM D 1603. B. Finished Product: On -Line During Production 1. Coverage A minimum of one person from the Quality Department, independent of the Production Department, shall be present for on-line inspection of every roll for 100% of every run. 2. Inspection a. Performed on each roll. 1) Thickness: A full width sample shall be cut from the end of each roll, and thickness shall be checked across the entire sample. 2) Appearance: There shall be constant monitoring of the following. (a) Sheet surface appearance. (b) Knife -cut edge. (c) Folds, holes, creases, abrasions, or other damage. 3. Roll Identification a. The Q.C. Engineer controls all paperwork, including roll tags. Four tags per roll shall be used on the following: 1) On the roll sleeve. 2) Inside the core. 3) On the production roll sample. 4) On the roll surface. 4. Out -of -Spec. Material Any roll not meeting the specification for any of the above inspections shall be placed on hold. C. Finished Product: Post Production 1. Sampling a. Test samples shall be obtained from the rolls of material to be delivered to the site for conformance testing. The samples shall be tested for the following requirements at the rates specified. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 8 04/11 2. Testing Requirements - Resin a. Specific Gravity/Density 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1505 / D 792. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. b. Melt Flow Index 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1238. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3. Testing Requirements - Finished Product a. Thickness 1) Test Method: ASTM D 5994 (Textured), ASTM D 5199 (Smooth). 2) Test Frequency: 1 per 50,000 ft.2 and 1 test per resin lot. b. Density 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1505 / D 792. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. C. Carbon Black Content 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1603. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. d. Carbon Black Dispersion 1) Test Method: ASTM D 5596. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. e. Tensile Properties 1) Test Method: ASTM D 638 (NSF 54 Modified). 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. £ Puncture Resistance 1) Test Method: D 4833. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than one test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. g. Tear Resistance 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1004. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. h. Dimensioned Stability (Shrinkage) 1) Test Method: ASTM D 1204, NSF 54 Modified. 2) Test Frequency: Not less than 1 test per 50,000 square feet with not less than 1 test per resin lot. 3) Minimum Number of Tests: 4. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 9 04/11 4. Reporting a. All results shall be logged into the batch file. Any testing that yields "out -of -spec" results shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Q.C. Manager. All material produced after the last sample meeting all specifications shall be retrieved and placed on hold. D. Finished Product: Laboratory Post -Production 1. Reporting a. All results shall be logged into the batch file. These results shall be the official properties for that batch. Any batch that fails any specification shall be placed on hold for further evaluation. E. Conformance Testing 1. Samples shall be tested by Owner for conformance with the properties shown in Table 3, below: TABLE 3 GEOMEMBRANE ON -SITE CONFORMANCE TESTS (SMOOTH AND TEXTURED) Test Method Thickness ASTM D 5994 Leading edge of each geomembrane roll Density ASTM D 792/1505 Not less than one test per Carbon Black Content ASTM D 1603 100,000 ft2 with not less Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 5596 than one per resin lot. Tensile Properties ASTM D 638 Minimum of four tests Puncture Resistance ASTM D 4833 required Tear Strength ASTM D 1004 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ANCHOR TRENCH A. The anchor trench shall be excavated as specified prior to liner system placement. 3.2 PLACEMENT A. The Installer shall be responsible for the following: 1. No equipment or tools shall damage the geomembrane by handling, trafficking, or other means. 2. No personnel working on the geomembrane shall smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in other activities that could damage the geomembrane. 3. The method used to unroll the panels shall not cause scratches or crimps in the geomembrane and shall not cause indentations in the supporting soil greater than one inch deep or damage to the underlying geotextile. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 10 04/11 4. The method used to place the panels shall minimize wrinkles. Wrinkles shall be identified as to proper location and compensation shall be identified on the Contractor's and Engineer's drawings. Ballast shall be used to prevent relocation of the compensating wrinkles by wind. 5. Adequate loading (e.g., sand bags or similar items that will not damage the geomembrane) shall be placed to prevent uplift by wind (in case of high winds, continuous loading is recommended along edges of panels to minimize risk of wind flow under the panels). 6. Direct contact with the geomembrane shall be minimized, i.e., the geomembrane in traffic areas is protected by geotextiles, extra geomembrane, or other suitable materials. B. Weather Limitations 1. Geomembrane deployment shall proceed between ambient temperatures of 32' F to 104' F. Placement can proceed below 32' F only after it has been verified by the Engineer that the material can be seamed according to the specification. Below 40' F, preheat of the GML will be required. 2. Geomembrane placement shall not be done during any precipitation, in the presence of excessive moisture (e.g., fog, rain, dew) or in the presence of excessive winds, as determined by the installation supervisor. C. Geomembrane Protection 1. Geomembrane will not be left exposed to weather for more than seven (7) consecutive calendar days. D. Factory Seam Quality Verifications 1. The Engineer will require the Contractor to test up to as much as 20% of factory fusion welds (non-destructive air pressure test and/or vacuum test) in the field to verify factory test results. Additional testing at the Installer's expense will be required if failed tests are obtained in the field. 3.3 FIELD SEAMING A. Seams shall be oriented parallel to the line of maximum slope, i.e., oriented down, not across the slope. In corners and odd -shaped geometric locations, the number of field seams shall be minimized. B. No base T-seam shall be closer than 5 feet from the toe of the slope. Seams shall be aligned with the least possible number of wrinkles and "fishmouths." If a fishmouth or wrinkle is found, it shall be relieved and cap -stripped. C. Seam Overlap 1. Panels of geomembrane must have a finished overlap of a minimum of 4 inches for hot shoe fusion welding and 3 inches for extrusion welding, but in any event sufficient overlap shall be provided to allow peel tests to be performed on the seam. 2. No solvent or adhesive may be used unless the product is approved by the Owners Representative. (Samples shall be submitted to the Design Engineer for testing and evaluation). 3. The procedure used to temporarily bond adjacent panels together shall not damage the geomembrane; in particular, the temperature of hot air at the nozzle of any spot welding apparatus shall be controlled such that the geomembrane is not damaged. D. Seaming Equipment and Accessories Approved equipment for field seaming are hot shoe fusion welders and extrusion welders. 1. Hot Shoe Welder, 110 Volt, 10 Amps. 2. Extrusion Welder, 220 Volt, 19 Amps. 3. High-speed, 10,000 rpm, 42 inch side grinder with 80-grit discs. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 11 04/11 4. 7.5 KW Generator, single-phase with 110/220 Volt Outputs. 5. Power Cord, minimum S.O. type, 10 O.S.H.A. approved electrical cord with O.S.H.A. approved twist -type plugs and connections. 6. Seam Vacuum Tester for non-destructive seam and patch testing. 7. Field Tensiometer, capable of performing seam and peel adhesion tests for quantitative testing on -site. E. Test Seams 1. Field test seams shall be conducted on geomembrane liner to verify that seaming conditions are satisfactory. Test seams shall be conducted for each seamer at the beginning of each seaming period, at the Engineer's discretion, and at least once each 4 hours, for each seaming apparatus used that day. 2. All test seams shall be made at a location selected by the Engineer in the area of the seaming and in contact with the subgrade. The test seam samples shall be 10 feet long for hot shoe welding and 3 feet long for extrusion welding with the seam centered lengthwise. Specimens 1 inch wide shall be cut from each opposite end of the test seam by the Engineer. The Engineer shall use a tensiometer provided by the Installer to test these specimens for shear and peel. If a test seam fails to meet field seam specifications, the seaming apparatus and/or seamer shall not be accepted and shall not be used for seaming until the deficiencies are corrected and two consecutive successful full test seams are achieved. At the very least, the peel adhesion and bonded shear strength must be 62% and 95%, respectively, of the strength of the parent material, but no less than 78 ppi and 120 ppi, respectively. F. Non -Destructive Seam Testing The Installer shall non-destructively test all field seams over their full length. All test equipment, including but not limited to the following shall be furnished by the Installer: 1. Vacuum Box testing a. Equipment for testing single wedge fusion seams and extrusion seams shall be comprised of the following: 1) A vacuum box assembly consisting of a rigid housing, a transparent viewing window, a soft rubber gasket attached to the bottom, port hole or valve assembly, and a vacuum gauge. 2) A steel vacuum tank and pump assembly equipped with a pressure controller and pipe connections. 3) A rubber pressure/vacuum hose with fittings and connections. 4) A plastic bucket and wide paint brush. 5) A soapy solution. b. The following procedures shall be followed by the installer: 1) Excess sheet overlap shall be trimmed away. 2) Clean the window, gasket surfaces and check for leaks. 3) Energize the vacuum pump and reduce the tank pressure to approximately 3-5 psi. 4) Wet a strip of geomembrane approximately 12 inches by 48 inches (length of box) with the soapy solution. 5) Place the box over the wetted area and compress. 6) Close the bleed valve and open the vacuum valve. 7) Ensure that a leak tight seal is created. 8) For a period of approximately 15 seconds, examine the geomembrane through the viewing window for the presence of soap bubbles. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 12 04/11 9) If no bubbles appear after 15 seconds, close the vacuum valve and open the bleed valve, move the box over the next adjoining area with a minimum 3 inches overlap and repeat the process. 10) All areas where soap bubbles appear shall be marked and repaired and then retested. C. The following procedures shall apply to locations where seams cannot be non-destructively tested, as determined by the Engineer: 1) If the seam is accessible to testing equipment prior to final installation, the seam shall be non-destructively tested prior to final installation. 2) If the seam cannot be tested prior to final installation, the seaming operations shall be observed by the Engineer for uniformity and completeness. 2. Air Pressure Testing (For Double Fusion Seam Only) a. The following procedures are applicable to those processes which produce a double seam with an enclosed space. 1) Equipment for testing double fusion seams shall be comprised of the following: (a) An air pump equipped with pressure gauge capable of generating and sustaining a pressure between 25 and 30 psi and mounted on a cushion to protect the geomembrane. (b) A manometer equipped with a sharp hollow needle, or other approved pressure feed device. b. The following procedures shall be followed by the Installer: 1) Seal one end of the seam to be tested. 2) Insert needle or other approved pressure feed device through the sealed end of the channel created by the double wedge fusion weld. 3) Energize the air pump to verify the unobstructed passage of air through the channel. 4) Seal the other end of the channel. 5) Energize the air pump to a pressure between 25 and 30 psi, close valve, and sustain pressure for approximately 5 minutes. 6) If loss of pressure exceeds 4 psi, or pressure does not stabilize, locate faulty area, repair and retest. 7) Remove needle or other approved pressure feed device and seal. G. Destructive Seam Testing 1. The Installer shall provide the Engineer with a minimum of one destructive test sample per 500 feet of seam length from a location specified by the Engineer. The Installer shall not be informed in advance of the sample location. a. Sampling Procedure 1) In order to obtain test results prior to completion of liner installation, samples shall be cut by the Installer as the seaming progresses. A destructive test must be done for each welding machine used for seaming or repairs. Sampling times and locations shall be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer must witness the obtainment of all field test samples and the Installer shall mark all samples with their location roll and seam number. The Installer shall also record in written form the date, time, location, roll seam number, ambient temperatures, and pass or fail description. A copy of the information must be attached to each sample portion. All holes in the geomembrane resulting from obtaining the seam samples shall be immediately repaired. All patches shall be vacuum tested. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 13 04/11 b. Size and Disposition of Samples 1) The samples shall be 12 inches wide by 48 inches long with the seam centered lengthwise. The sample shall be cut into two equal length pieces, and given to the Engineer. C. Field Testing 1) The Installer shall cut six 1-inch wide replicate specimens from his sample and these shall be tested by the Engineer. The Installer shall test two specimens (four when possible for testing both tracks on dual -track fusion welded seams) for peel strength. All tests to be witnessed by the Engineer. To be acceptable, both test specimens must pass. Any specimen that fails through the weld or by adhesion at the weldsheet interface is a Non-FTB break and shall be considered a failure. d. Independent Laboratory Testing 1) The Engineer will package and ship all destructive seam samples to an independent testing Laboratory for determination and verification of all field shear and peel strengths. The test method and procedures to be used by the Independent Laboratory shall be the same used in field testing, where seam samples are 1 inch wide, and the grip separation rate is 2 ipm. The minimum passing criteria for independent laboratory testing are all three of the following: (a) All seam samples tested in the peel mode must fail in FTB. (b) At least four of five seam samples from each peel and shear determination must meet the minimum specified value. (c) The average value from all five seam samples from each peel and shear determination must meet the minimum specified value. The above criteria apply to both tracks from each dual -track fusion welded seam before it is considered as passing. ALL FAILED LAB TESTS WILL BE PAID FOR BY THE INSTALLER. 2. Archive Samples a. The Installer will package and ship the remaining samples to the Engineer for archival. The samples shall include information that indicates where the sample was taken. 3. Procedures for Destructive Test Failure a. The following procedures shall apply whenever a sample fails the field destructive test: 1) The installer shall cap strip the seam between the failed location and any passed test location. 2) The installer can retrace the welding path to an intermediate location (at a minimum of 10 feet from the location of the failed test), at the Engineer's discretion, and take a small sample for an additional field test. If this test passes, then the seam shall be cap stripped between that location and the original failed location. If the test fails, then the process is repeated. 3) Over the length of seam failure, the Contractor shall either cut out the old seam, reposition the panel and reseam, or add a cap strip, as required by the Engineer. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 14 04/11 4) After reseaming or placement of the cap strip, additional destructive field test(s) shall be taken within the reseamed area. The reseamed sample shall be found acceptable if test results are approved by the Engineer. If test results are not acceptable, this process shall be repeated until the reseamed length is judged satisfactory by the Engineer. b. In the event that a sample fails a laboratory destructive test, then the above procedures shall be followed, considering laboratory tests exclusively. C. The Engineer will document all actions taken in conjunction with destructive test failures. H. Defects and Repairs 1. All seams and non -seam areas of the geomembrane shall be inspected by the Engineer for defects, holes, blisters, undispersed raw materials, and any sign of contamination by foreign matter. Because light reflected by the geomembrane helps to detect defects, the surface of the geomembrane shall be clean at the time of inspection. The geomembrane surface shall be brushed, blown, or washed by the Installer if the amount of dust or mud inhibits inspection. The Engineer shall decide if cleaning of the geomembrane is needed to facilitate inspection. a. Evaluation 1) Each suspect location in seam and non -seam areas shall be non-destructively tested as appropriate in the presence of the Engineer. Each location that fails the non-destructive testing shall be marked by the Engineer, and repaired accordingly. b. Repair Procedures 1) Defective seams shall be restarted/reseamed as described in these specifications. 2) Small holes shall be repaired by extrusion cap welding. If the hole is larger than 3 inch, it shall be patched. 3) Tears shall be repaired by patching. Where the tear is on a slope or an area of stress and has a sharp end it must be rounded prior to patching. 4) Blisters, large holes, undispersed raw materials, and contamination by foreign matter shall be repaired by patches. 5) Surfaces of HDPE which are to be patched shall be abraded and cleaned no more than 15 minutes prior to the repair. No more than 10% of the thickness shall be removed. Patches shall be round or oval in shape, made of the same geomembrane, and extend a minimum of 6 inches beyond the edge of defects. All patches shall be of the same compound and thickness as the geomembrane specified. All patches shall have their top edge beveled with an angle grinder prior to placement on the geomembrane. Patches shall be applied using approved methods only. C. Restart/Reseaming Procedures 1) The welding process shall restart by grinding the existing seam and rewelding a new seam. Welding shall commence where the grinding started and must overlap the previous seam by at least 2 inches. Reseaming over an existing seam without regrinding shall not be permitted. d. Verification of Repairs 1) Each repair shall be non-destructively tested, except when the Engineer requires a destructive seam sample obtained from a repaired seam. 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 15 04/11 Repairs that pass the non-destructive test shall be taken as an indication of an adequate repair. Failed tests indicate that the repair shall be repeated and retested until passing test results are achieved. 2) Recording of Results: daily documentation of all non-destructive and destructive testing shall be provided to the Engineer by the Installer. This documentation shall identify all seams that initially failed the test and include evidence that these seams were repaired and successfully retested. 3.4 GEOMEMBRANE ACCEPTANCE A. The Installer shall retain all ownership and responsibility for the geomembrane until acceptance by the Owner. The surface of the geomembrane shall not have striations, roughness, pinholes, or bubbles and shall be free of holes, blisters, undispersed raw materials, or any contamination by foreign matter; except that if in the opinion of the Engineer the blemish will not adversely affect properties and use of the geomembrane, the Engineer may accept the geomembrane after sufficient laboratory test data are provided to support such acceptance, and further, provided all such testing is done at the sole expense of the Installer. B. The geomembrane liner shall be accepted by the Owner when all of the following conditions are met: 1. Installation is finished. 2. Verification of the adequacy of all field seams and repairs, including associated testing, is complete. 3. Written certification, including "as built" drawing(s), is provided by the Installer to the Engineer. 4. Documentation of completed installation, including all reports is complete. 5. Acceptance of "Geomembrane Liner Evaluation Report" by the TCEQ. END OF SECTION 01449010 GEOMEMBRANE LINER 02245 - 16 04/11 SECTION 02260 PROTECTIVE SOIL COVER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division I - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protective Soil Cover Specification. B. Protective Soil Cover Installation. 1.3 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. TEXAS COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY TCEQ, 30 TAC Chapter 330 OWNER MSW Permit 1.4 WEATHER LIMITATION Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, Municipal Solid Waste Management Regulation Owner's TCEQ MSW Permit No. 69. A. Protective soil cover shall be constructed when the atmospheric temperature is above 35 degrees F. When the temperature falls below 35 degrees F, the Contractor shall protect all areas of completed protective soil cover by approved methods against detrimental effects of freezing. Areas of completed protective soil cover damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions shall be corrected to meet specified requirements. Protective soil cover placement shall not occur on rainy days or when rain is imminent. 1.5 SUBMIT LIST OF ALL EQUIPMENT PROPOSED FOR USE IN PLACING AND MAINTAINING PROTECTIVE COVER. NO EQUIPMENT WILL BE ALLOWED WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE LINER SYSTEM WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, including equipment weight, ground pressure information, required lift thickness information, etc. Unapproved equipment operating on the floor of the liner system or the side slopes will not be allowed. 01449010 PROTECTIVE SOIL COVER 02260 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Material used is a coarse sand that is stockpiled on site near the project limits. All material shall be free of debris and rocks larger than 2 inches in diameter. B. The protective cover may use gravels and sands with a USCS classification of GP, GW, SP, or SW. C. Pre -construction and conformance testing for the protective cover soils will include Atterburg Limits and full gradation with a minimum conformance testing frequency of one grain -size analysis (ASTM D 422) and Atterburg Limit (ASTM D 4318) per 5,000 cubic yards of in -place material. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Tracked equipment used to place soil cover on the horizontal portion of the liner system must be low ground pressure type (5.0 psi maximum track pressure). B. Equipment that exerts ground pressures of higher than 5.0 psi on the lining system will not be approved unless contractor can certify that these conditions can be met with a specific lift thickness of protective cover. Submit calculations to document the certification. C. Only low ground pressure equipment (< 5.0 psi) equipment will be allowed on the sideslope of the lining system. Submit list of equipment to be used on the sideslopes, including equipment weights, ground pressures, required lift thicknesses, etc. for Engineer approval prior to placing equipment on the sideslopes. It will be Contractor's responsibility to demonstrate that equipment used on the sideslopes will not damage the liner or cause a "sliding" failure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STOCKPILING MATERIAL A. If necessary, materials shall be stockpiled in the manner and at locations designated. Prior to stockpiling, the storage sites shall be cleared, drained, and leveled by the Contractor. Approved material available from excavation or grading shall be stockpiled in the manner and at locations designated. 3.2 GRADE CONTROL A. The finished and completed protective soil cover shall conform to the grades, lines, cross sections, and dimensions shown. 3.3 LAYER THICKNESS A. The completed thickness of the protective soil cover shall be as indicated. Protective soil cover will be placed such that the top surface, during spreading operations, is a minimum of 2-feet above the geomembrane liner. 01449010 PROTECTIVE SOIL COVER 02260 - 2 04/ 1 1 3.4 COMPACTION A. Compaction control is not required; however, it should be stable for construction and disposal equipment. 3.5 THICKNESS CONTROL A. The thickness of the protective soil cover shall be measured at intervals providing at least one measurement for each 5,000 square feet or major fraction thereof of protective soil cover. The thickness measurement shall be made by survey. The Contractor will provide survey control during construction. The Owner will provide final thickness survey after Contractor notifies owner protective soil cover has been placed and ready for verification survey by Owner. Any areas of inadequate thickness requiring a resurvey will be done at Contractor's expense. Maximum tolerance shall be +0.2-foot over the 2-foot soil cover thickness. 3.6 PLACEMENT A. Contractor will take measures to protect the completed liner system after installation is complete. No portion of the liner system will remain exposed for more than 15 days after installation is complete and the system has been accepted by the Owner and the Engineer. B. Place the protective cover material with machinery that, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not damage any portion of the liner system or cause "sliding" of the lining system or any part of the system. Equipment used to place the protective cover must not exert a ground pressure load greater than 5 psi on the geomembrane liner and must be approved by the Engineer prior to utilization on the system. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. The protective soil cover shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until accepted. END OF SECTION 01449010 PROTECTIVE SOIL COVER 02260 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 02665 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. This section of the specifications covers all leachate discharge piping, gas condensate piping, valves, and fittings required for the project. The term piping as used herein shall include all piping, valves, fittings, and accessories as shown on the plans and/or as specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all manufacturers' data for all pipes, valves and fittings including all pipe thickness class calculations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE A. HDPE Pipe: All buried leachate and gas condensate piping should be HDPE (PE 3408). 1. An approved pipe is Driscoplex 6400 by Performance Pipe, or approved equal. Pipe shall match IPS dimensions. 2. HDPE shall be DR11. 3. Minimum cell classification number of 3454646 per ASTM D3350-01. 4. Pipe shall be supplied in roll form (where possible) to minimize joints in the line. B. PVC Pipe: All exposed leachate and gas condensate piping shall be Schedule 80 PVC. 1. PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be manufactured from Type 1, Grade 1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) compound with a cell classification of 12454 per ASTM D1785. 2. PVC pipe shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, material designation code and pressure rating. 3. Pipe shall match IPS dimensions. 2.2 PIPE FITTINGS General - Pipe fittings shall be of a type and design especially suitable for use with the type of piping with which they are installed. Pressure rating of fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe. A. Fittings HDPE and PVC fittings shall be sized to meet IPS requirements. HDPE fittings shall be Butt - fused where possible. Flanged fittings shall be used where shown on plans. PVC fittings shall 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 1 04/ 1 1 be solvent weld or flanged where shown on plans. Contractor is responsible for providing fittings for transition from valves, pumping units, etc. 2.3 PIPE INSULATION A. Acceptable product is TechLite 379 pipe insulation, or approved equal. B. Insulation shall be approved for outside use. 2.4 VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Valves for Leachate System 1. General: All valves shall be designed for a working pressure of at least 150 psi unless otherwise noted. 2. PVC Ball Valves: a. Provide true union ball valves (Sch 80 PVC) where shown on plans. Ball valve shall be capable of servicing 150 psi at 73' F. b. Provide EPDM "O" rings. C. Valve shall have two-way blocking capability. d. Include flanged connections. e. Include Teflon seats. £ Acceptable manufacturer is ASAHI/America or approved equal. Sewage Combination Air Valves. a. A.R.I. Combination Air Valve D-025,T,2 for sewage, or approved equal. b. Valve size is 2-inch. Valve shall be threaded. C. Material schedule as follows: 1) Body — stainless steel SAE 316. 2) Inner Parts — Stainless Steel SAE 316. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All pipe and accessories shall be unloaded, handled, laid, jointed, tested for defects and for leakage and disinfected in the manner herein specified. 3.2 INSPECTION A. The pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the work and any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished by him and he shall replace at his own expense all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or has become damaged in handling after delivery. 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 2 04/ 1 1 3.4 HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES A. All pipe, fittings, valves, and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the work by the Contractor. In loading and unloading, they shall be lifted by hoists or slid, or rolled on skidways in such a manner as to avoid shock or damage to the materials. Under no circumstances shall they be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways must not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. B. The pipe, fittings and accessories shall be placed along the site in such a manner as to be kept as free as possible from dirt, sand, mud and other foreign matter. 3.5 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the lines shown on the plans or as established on the ground by the Engineer. B. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal curves are shown or permitted, the degree of deflection at each joint shall not exceed the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer of the particular type of pipe being laid and the degree of deflection shall be approved by the Engineer. 3.6 MANNER OF HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES INTO TRENCH A. After the trench grade has been completed, all bell holes dug and the grade inspected, the pipes and accessories may be placed in the trench. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of derricks, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment, in such a manner so as to prevent damage to the material in any way. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped in to the trench. 3.7 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe shall be again inspected for defects and the pipe, while suspended, shall be lightly hammered to detect cracks. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe and materials shall be rejected. B. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and from all bells, spigots or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint, before the pipe is lowered into the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. C. At time when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water shall be allowed to enter the pipe. 3.8 LAYING AND JOINTING HDPE PIPE A. General - Unless otherwise directed, pipe shall be laid in a manner to minimize welds. 1. Cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. 2. The jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day, in order not to leave open joints in the trench overnight. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 3 04/ 1 1 3. No pipe shall be laid in water, or when the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work, except by permission of the Engineer. 4. Flanged joints shall be used where shown on the plans. Welded joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 5. Defective welds shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. B. "Snake" line in trench as recommended by manufacturer to allow for expansion and contraction in varying temperature. 3.9 SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the plans or at locations as established by the Engineer, and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations. All valves buried in the ground shall have a valve box set over the valve. All valves shall be thoroughly inspected and checked for operation before installation. Concrete blocking shall be provided for all buried valves and fittings. B. Valve boxes shall be firmly supported and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with box cover flush with the surface of the ground or at such level as directed and backfilled with gravel and densified native material as shown on the drawings. 3.10 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. The trench shall be excavated to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer and as shown on the plans. The minimum depth of cover for all pipe shall be four feet (4 ft) unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings. B. The trench shall be excavated to an even grade so that the bottom of the pipe will rest on the bottom of the trench over the entire length of pipe. In order to obtain a true even grade, the trench shall be fine graded by hand. C. Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected by filling with approved material and compacting thoroughly. D. If ledge rock, rock fragments or other unyielding material is encountered in the bottom of the trench it shall be removed to a depth of six inches below grade, refilled with selected material, and thoroughly compacted. E. Wherever necessary to prevent caving, the trench shall be adequately supported. The Contractor is entirely responsible for assuring that trenches are adequately supported to protect both his workmen and the public. F. Trench digging machinery may be used to make the trench excavations except in places where operation of same would cause damages to pipelines, fences or other existing structures either above or below ground; in such instances hand methods shall be employed. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines of which he has been advised, whether or not they are shown on the drawings, sufficiently in advance of trenching operations to prevent any damage thereto. The operators of all oil or gas pipelines shall be notified prior to excavation around such lines so that these operators may be present during excavation. Extensive care shall be used to prevent damage to these lines and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for damage to any such line. G. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work or existing structures. Excess trench excavation, not used for backfilling, shall be disposed of by Contractor, by spreading in a thin layer on Owner's property adjacent to the trench. H. There will be no classification of the excavated materials and the term excavation shall include all materials encountered in excavating the trenches or structural excavations. 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 4 04/ 1 1 I. All new and existing lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both during and after construction. 3.11 BACKFILLING A. Backfill Material - All backfill material shall be free from cinders, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic material, boulders, rocks or stones, or other unsuitable material. Selected materials from trench excavations shall be used for backfilling except where special bedding material is required. B. Pipe Bedding Zone - All pipe shall be backfilled by hand from the bottom of the trench to the top of conduit with selected backfill material free from rocks or boulders greater than 3/8 inch in size or other unsuitable material. The material shall be placed in 3-inch layers, moistened if necessary, and thoroughly compacted under and on each side of the pipe. Backfill material shall be deposited in the trench for its full width on each side of the pipe, fitting, and appurtenances simultaneously. C. Backfilling Over Pipe - From the top of conduit to finished grade, the trench shall be backfilled by hand or by approved mechanical methods using materials free from rocks or boulders greater than 2 inches in size. The material shall be moistened and placed in lifts not exceeding 6-inches in thickness and compacted by tamping to a density of not less than 90% of maximum density at f2% of optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D698. The Contractor shall use special care in placing this portion of the backfill to avoid injuring or moving the pipe. When the trench lies within a traveled right-of-way, the backfill over the pipe shall be compacted to 95%. 3.12 LINE TESTING (LEACHATE FORCE MAIN PIPING) After the pipe is laid and the joints completed, each section or run ofpiping shall be tested as specified herein. The Contractor shall bear all costs of providing all equipment, materials, labor and other incidentals required to test pipe lines as specified herein. The Contractor shall provide suitable means for filling the lines and developing the required pressure in the lines. Testing procedure shall be as follows: A. Duration - The duration of the hydrostatic test shall be a minimum of four (4) hours. B. Pressure - The pipeline shall be tested so that the pressure at the lowest point in the test section is at least 100%, but not greater than 120% of the pipe pressure class of the pipe, and the minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section is not less than 85% of the pipe pressure class of the pipe. 1. HDPE Pipe a. Allow heat fusion joints to cure before pressure testing. b. Test medium shall beat the same temperature as the pipe. C. Test pressure in line shall be from 1 to 1'/z the design operating pressure at the lowest point in the system. d. Test shall be performed start to finish in 8 hours max. e. Completely fill the test section with water and bleed off trapped air. f. During the expansion phase, pressurize to test pressure and add water during each of the first 3 hours to return to the test pressure. g. Now reduce the pressure by 10 psi and conduct a one, two, or three hour test period and record the leakage. 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 5 04/ 1 1 h. For a 4-inch or smaller line, the following leakage amounts are allowed. 1) 1 — hour testing .13 gal/100 ft of pipe. 2) 2 — hour testing .25 gal/100 ft of pipe. 3) 3 — hour testing .40 gal/100 ft of pipe. i. The Contractor shall coordinate this testing procedure with the manufacturer of the pipe used in the project. END OF SECTION 01449010 PIPING, VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 02665 - 6 04/ 1 1 SECTION 02900 SEEDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding. 1. Soil preparation. 2. Native grass seeding. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 — Excavation and Earthwork. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1. Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products. 2. Analysis for other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. 3. Label data substantiating that plants, trees, shrubs, and planting materials comply with specified requirements. B. Certification of grass seed from seed vendor for each grass -seed mixture stating the botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. C. Material test reports from qualified independent testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the following materials with requirements indicated. 1. Analysis of existing surface soil. D. Planting schedule indicating anticipated dates and locations for each type of planting. E. Maintenance instructions recommending procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of landscaping during an entire year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed landscaping work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful landscape establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that landscaping is in progress. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency -submitted 01449010 SEEDING 02900 - 1 04/11 criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish a soil analysis made by a qualified independent soil -testing agency stating percentages of organic matter, inorganic matter (silt, clay, and sand), deleterious material, pH, and mineral and plant -nutrient content of topsoil. 1. Report suitability of topsoil for growth of applicable planting material. State recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and any limestone, aluminum sulfate, or other soil amendments to be added to produce a satisfactory topsoil. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as specified in Section 01039 — Coordination and Meetings. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at site. B. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. B. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Engineer before planting. 1.8 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of planting materials during normal planting seasons for each type of plant material required. 1. Provide schedule showing when plant materials are anticipated to be planted. 2. Show schedule of when lawn type and other grass areas are anticipated to be planted. 3. Indicate planting schedules in relation to schedule for finish grading and topsoiling. 4. Indicate anticipated dates Engineer will be required to review installation for initial acceptance and final acceptance. 1.9 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 01449010 SEEDING 02900 - 2 04/11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRASS MATERIALS A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with the Association of Official Seed Analysts' "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. 1. Seed Mixture: Provide seed of grass species and varieties, proportions by weight, and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentage of weed seed as indicated on Schedules at the end of this Section. 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, 4 percent organic material minimum, free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on the site. Verify suitability of surface soil to produce topsoil meeting requirements and amend as specified in soil analysis. Supplement with imported topsoil when quantities are insufficient. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 2.3 FERTILIZER A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow- release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea -form, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 lb. per 1,000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen in a balanced fertilizer with an N:P:K ratio of 3:1:1 and a minimum of 10% sulfur and 2% iron or a fertilizer that contains the elements in proportions which meet the recommendations of the soil analysis from a qualified soil testing agency. 2.4 MULCH A. Mulch: 1. For seeded areas: Clean, seed -free, threshed straw of oats, wheat, barley, rye, beans, peanuts, or other locally available mulch material which does not contain an excessive quantity of matured seeds of noxious weeds or other species that will grow or be detrimental to seeding, or provide a menace to surrounding land. Do not use material which is fresh or excessively brittle, or which is decomposed and will smother or retard growth of grass. 2. Native grass seeded areas. Weed- free hay, excluding brome or bluegrass hay, used on slopes 4:1 or steeper. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 01449010 SEEDING 02900 - 3 04/11 3.2 PREPARATION A. Outline areas, and secure Engineer's acceptance before the start of planting work. Make minor adjustments as may be required. 3.3 PLANTING SOIL PREPARATION A. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. B. Mix soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates indicated. Delay mixing fertilizer if planting does not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. C. For grass, mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. 3.4 GRASS PLANTING PREPARATION A. Limit subgrade preparation to areas that will be planted in the immediate future. B. Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous materials. C. Spread planting soil mixture to depth required to meet thickness, grades, and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen. 1. Place approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil mixture required. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place remainder of planting soil mixture. D. Grade grass areas to a smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. Remove trash, debris, stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension, and other objects that may interfere with planting or maintenance operations. E. Moisten prepared grass areas before planting when soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. F. Restore prepared areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and before planting. 3.5 SEEDING NEW GRASSED AREAS A. Do not use seed which is wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged. B. Perform seeding work from April 20 to May 15 for spring planting, and August 1 to September 15 for fall planting, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. C. Employ satisfactory methods of sowing using mechanical power -driven drills or seeders or mechanical hand seeders, or other approved equipment. D. Distribute seed evenly over entire area at rate of application not less than 4 lbs. (PLS) of seed per 1,000 sf, 50 percent sown in one direction, remainder at right angles to first sowing. E. Stop work when work extends beyond most favorable planting season for species designated, or when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of drought, high winds, excessive moisture, or other factors. Resume work only when favorable conditions develop. F. Lightly rake seed into soil followed by light rolling or cultipacking. G. Immediately protect seeded areas against erosion by mulching. Spread mulch in continuous blanket using 1-1/2 tons per acre to a depth of 4 or 5 straws. 01449010 SEEDING 02900 - 4 04/11 H. Protect seeded slopes against erosion with erosion netting or other methods approved by Engineer. Protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by erecting barricades and placing warning signs. I. Immediately following spreading mulch, anchor mulch using a rolling coulter or a wheatland land packer having wheels with V-shaped edges to force mulch into soil surface, or apply evenly distributed emulsified asphalt at rate of 10 — 13 gal/1,000 sf. SS-1 emulsion in accordance with ASTM D997 or RC-1 cutback asphalt in accordance with ASTM D2028 are acceptable. If mulch and asphalt are applied in one treatment, use SS-1 emulsion with penetration test range between 150-200. Use appropriate shields to protect adjacent site improvements. J. If hydroseeding is used, machinery must be approved, modern, properly equipped and operated by an experienced operator. Seed and fertilize at the rate specified. Use appropriate shields to protect adjacent site improvements. 3.6 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During landscaping, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as directed. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. 3.8 SEED MIXTURES SCHEDULE, APPLICATION RATES AND POTENTIAL SEEDING SEASONS The quantity of "Commercial Seed" required to equal the quantity of "Pure Live Seed" shall be computed by the following formula: Commercial Seed = Pure Live Seed x 10,000 % Purity x % Germination COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME QUANTITY OF PURE LIVE SEED FOR MIXTURE Green Sprangletop Leptochloa dubia 4.0 lbs/acre Sideoats Grama (El Reno) Bouteloua curtipendula 8.0 lbs/acre Blue Grama (Texas Grown) Bouteloua gracilis 10.0 lbs/acre Buffalo ass (treated) Buchloe dactyloides 6.0 lbs/acre Common Bermudagrass (hulled) 16.0 lbs/acre Rye (temporary cover crop) 60.0 lbs/acre END OF SECTION 01449010 SEEDING 02900 - 5 04/11 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE This section of the specifications covers all of the work required for constructing the leachate evaporation pond bottom, pipe discharge and access drive, force main channel crossing, and force main access road crossing. Concrete for this project shall conform to the requirements of this section. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, superintendence, and incidentals necessary to perform the work in accordance with the drawings and these specifications. 1.3 REFERENCES The latest editions of the following specifications and references govern work of this section and constitute minimum requirements. Where specific requirements in this section of the Specifications are more stringent, they shall supersede the corresponding requirements of these Referenced Specifications. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete Buildings ACI 301 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork ACI 613 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork ACI 614 Recommended, Practice for Measuring, Mixing, and Placing Concrete ACI Comm. Selection and Use of Aggregates for Concrete 621 SP-7 ACI Manual of Concrete Inspection ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM A-82 Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-615 Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-616 Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-706 Low -Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C-31 Making & Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field. ASTM C-33 Concrete Aggregates 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 04/ 1 1 ASTM C-39 Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders ASTM C-40 Organic Impurities In Fine Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C-42 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ASTM C-94 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete ASTM C-136 Standard Method of Test for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate ASTM C-138 Standard Method of Test for Weight per Cubic Foot, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C-143 Standard Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C-150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C-171 Sheet Material for Concrete Curing ASTM C-172 Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete ASTM C-173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C-192 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM C-231 Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C-260 Air -Entraining Admixture for Concrete ASTM C-309 Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C-494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C-618 Fly Ash and Raw od Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION (PCA) Design and Control for Concrete Mixtures AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) AWS D12.1 Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS CRD C-572 Specification of Water Stops TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges LATEST EDITION OF EACH OF THE ABOVE GOVERNING STANDARDS SHALL APPLY 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS Excavation or filling for concrete structures and other miscellaneous concrete work shall conform to the lines and grades as shown on the plans or as established in the field and shall be as specified in Section 02200 — Excavating and Earthwork. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 04/ 1 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. 1. Fiber reinforcement. 2. Admixtures 3. Curing materials. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Submitted compressive test results must be less than 6 months old. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT A. Portland cement shall conform to the latest revisions of A.S.T.M. Designation C-150, Type H, and shall be of an approved brand. Only one brand of cement will be permitted in any one structure. Plant tests and certificates of conformity with the specification shall be furnished with each carload of cement. 2.2 FINE AGGREGATE A. Fine aggregate shall consist of hard, strong, durable and uncoated particles of natural sand, washed and screened. The aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities and the grading shall conform to the following: Percentage Passing Square Openings No.4 No.16 No.50 No.100 No.200 95-100 45-70 15-30 3-8 0-3 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 04/ 1 1 B. Fineness modulus shall not vary more than plus or minus 0.20 from that of approved sample, which shall be between 2.20 and 2.90. 2.3 COARSE AGGREGATE A. Coarse aggregate shall consist of hard, tough, durable and uncoated particles of washed and screened gravel or crushed stone. It shall be free of vegetation, soft, friable, thin, or elongated particles. B. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be governed by the conditions of placement of the concrete and shall not be greater than 3/4 of the distance between reinforcing bars. In no case shall the maximum size be greater than 2 inches. All aggregates shall be approved before use. 2.4 WATER A. Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts, or other chemicals. [►�.��►].�► f.� A. The forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar. The forms shall be constructed such that the finished concrete shall be of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. All form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to produce a smooth, even surface when the concrete is placed. All forms shall be oiled before use. In general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours. All exposed edges shall have a 3/4-inch chamfer whether or not shown on the details. Immediately upon removal of the forms, any honeycombed sections shall be repaired as directed. A. Class "A" concrete shall contain not less than 5.5 sacks of cement per cubic yard. No more water shall be used than is required to produce a workable mix and in no case will the water content exceed 5.0 gallons per sack of cement. The proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall be such as to produce a dense, and workable mixture, and the mix shall be approved before any concrete is placed. B. The minimum 28 day compressive strength for Class A concrete shall be 4000 psi. C. Pipe embedment concrete shall contain not less than 4 sacks of cement per cubic yard. No more water than 8 gallons of water per sack of cement shall be used. The proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall be such as to produce a dense and workable mixture, and the mix shall be approved before any concrete is placed. D. Cement Stabilized Backfill for backfill stabilization shall contain a minimum 2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. No more water than 10 gallons per sack of cement shall be used. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 04/ 1 1 2.7 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Where pre -molded expansion joint material is shown on the plans such material shall be inch or 3/4 —inch Bituminous type preformed joint filler, AASHTO M-33 as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall submit on proposed expansion joint material and submit documentation that certifies it meets AASHTO M-33 requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MIXING A. All aggregates shall be accurately weighed or measured by volume. The concrete shall be mixed in an approved batch mixer equipped with an accurate water measuring tank, and shall be mixed for one and one half minutes after all materials are in the mixer. 'Ready Mixed" or "Transit Mix" concrete may be used. If used, it shall conform to these specifications and the "Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete", A.S.T.M. Serial Designation C 94. B. Each mixer and agitator shall have attached thereto in a prominent place, a metal plate or plates on which are plainly marked, for the various uses for which the equipment is designed, the capacity of the drum or container in terms of the volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum, blades or paddles. Stationary mixers shall be equipped with an acceptable timing device that will not permit the batch to be dispatched until the specified mixing time is elapsed. Truck mixers, shall be equipped with means by which the number of revolutions of the drum blades, or paddles may be readily verified. C. The mixer, when loaded to capacity, shall be capable of combining the ingredients of the concrete within the specified time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and of discharging the concrete with a satisfactorily degree of uniformity. No mixer or agititator shall be used if the results of slump tests of individual samples taken at approximately the one quarter, and the three quarter points of the placement differ by more than 2-inches. Mixers and agitators shall be inspected frequently for changes in condition due to accumulations of hardened concrete or mortar, or to wear of blades. D. Truck mixers shall have adequate water supply and metering devices. No water can be added to the concrete after the initial mixing without the permission of the Engineer. E. After mixing, the concrete shall be transported to the forms in a manner which will prevent separation or segregation of the aggregates and shall be placed without undue delay. It shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position in order to avoid rehandling or flowing of the concrete. As the concrete is placed, it shall be vibrated by means of a vibrator of the type which is submerged in the concrete. F. Mixing at mixing speed shall begin immediately after all ingredients are in the mixer. For complete mixing in the truck each batch shall be mixed not less than 70 or more revolutions of the drum. For partial mixing in the truck each batch shall be mixed not less than 50 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one nor more than four revolutions per minute. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 04/ 1 1 G. The maximum time interval between the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates, and the placing of the concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: AIR OR CONCRETE TEMPERATURE MAXEVIUM TIME (Whichever is Higher) 90 degrees F. or above (Air Only) 45 minutes 75 degrees F. to 89 degrees F. 60 minutes 35 degrees F. to 74 degrees F. 90 minutes H. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and falling, but may be placed if the temperature is 40 degrees fahrenheit and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature will drop below 35 degree fahrenheit within 24 hours after placement as projected by the National Weather Service unless properly protected. The temperature of the concrete at the time of placement in the forms shall not be less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit nor more than 90 degrees Fahrenheit. When placing concrete in freezing weather, means shall be provided for keeping the concrete at a temperature of at least 50°F for not less than 72 hours after placing or until the concrete has thoroughly hardened. Concrete shall not be placed when weather conditions are unsuitable for such work. 3.2 TRANSPORTING A. Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit in a manner that will prevent segregation and when practicable, shall be deposited in its final position without rehandling or flowing. All equipment used in transporting concrete shall be maintained in a clean condition. Concrete shall not be delivered from hoists, by spout, by trough, or dumped into carts with a free fall of more than 4 feet. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent separation or loss of ingredients while transporting the concrete. Runways for carts or buggies shall not bear upon the reinforcing or fresh concrete. Pumping and conveying of concrete shall be done only after approval by the Engineer and with equipment that will insure a continuous flow without segregation. 3.3 PLACING A. Concrete shall not be placed until all reinforcement is securely and properly fastened in its correct position. Form ties shall be checked and re -tightened where necessary. Forms and reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior before beginning placement of concrete. All embedded items shall be in place and clean -out openings closed before such inspection. A procedure for inspection of forms reinforcing, inserts, etc., prior to all concrete placement will be instituted and coordinated by the Engineer. At least 24 hours prior to concrete placement the Contractor shall submit an inspection sheet to the Engineer. The inspection sheet, to be developed shall show the location and quantity of concrete to be placed, the time and date schedule for placement and shall be signed by the Contractor's representative. Signing of this sheet will certify that all of the items necessary have been inspected, and that the area is ready for final review by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the corrections are excessive, the placement should be rescheduled and the Engineer notified 12 hours before scheduled placement after the corrections are made. A representative of the Engineer will be on the job during the 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 04/ 1 1 placement of concrete and concrete shall not be placed unless the Engineer or his representative is present. B. Concrete shall be placed in a manner that will prevent segregation, thoroughly embed all reinforcement and fixtures, fill all angles in the forms and prevent formation of aggregate pockets or honeycomb. Placement in walls columns or other deep forms shall be done through openings in the forms, spaced at frequent intervals, or through tremies so that the free fall shall not exceed 4 feet. Points of depositing the concrete shall be spaced so that the concrete surfaces can be kept level without using vibrators or other equipment to cause it to flow into place. C. Concrete shall be placed with the aid of approved mechanical vibrating equipment. Vibration shall be applied to the concrete and shall be of sufficient intensity and duration to cause flow or settlement of the concrete, thoroughly compacting, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures. Supplemental forking and spading by hand may be required to secure dense uniform surfaces and complete filling of corners and angles. D. Excessive spading or vibrating causing undue water gain or segregation will not be permitted. If moderate working causes excessive water gain the mix shall be adjusted. Excess water shall be removed when it appears. When concrete in floors or slabs are deposited on the ground, the subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted and moistened before placement. A grill tamp shall be used on floor slabs. Completed sections shall conform to the details on the contract drawings and the concrete shall be dense, uniform and free of aggregate pockets or honeycomb. E. Concrete in vertical walls shall be placed in continuous horizontal layers approximately 18 inches in depth. Not more than one hour shall elapse between the placing of successive layers of concrete in any portion of a structure included in a continuous placement. F. The contractor shall adhere to the requirements ACI 306 and ACI 605 for cold and hot weather concreting respectively. G. Concrete shall generally not be placed during high winds with blowing dust that will contaminate the surface and cause entrapment of sand and dust particles in the finished surfaces. 3.4 SLUMP A. The slump of all concrete shall be between 3 and 6 inches with the condition of placement governing the slump to be used. In all cases the Engineer shall specify the slump to be used prior to placement. When a 3 inch slump is specified, the allowable tolerance shall be 1/2 inch. When the specified tolerance is greater than 3 inches the tolerance shall be 1 inch. In general flat work will require a slump of approximately 3" and concrete for vertical members, i.e. walls columns, etc. shall be 5 inches. Slump for concrete to be added to CMU units shall be 6 inches. 3.5 WEATHER Mixed concrete from plant shall be transported in truck mixers. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers. Re -tempering concrete by adding water or by other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded and approved by the Engineer 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 04/ 1 1 No concrete shall be mixed, placed or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. A. Cold Weather Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer; mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40 degrees Fahrenheit and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 degrees Fahrenheit. The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. When concreting is authorized during cold weather, water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150 degrees Fahrenheit. The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. B. Hot Weather During periods when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, the Contractor shall perform all concrete placement during the night time hours unless temperature controls are implemented and approved by the Engineer. During the periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85 degrees Fahrenheit the following precautions shall be taken. 1. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90 degrees Fahrenheit. The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. If concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit as measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064, it shall be rejected. 2. The finished surfaces of the newly laid concrete surface shall be kept damp by applying a water -fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the concrete surface is covered by the curing medium. If necessary wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 pounds per square feet per hour as determined in accordance with Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting, which takes into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity, and air temperature. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays and similar measures commencing immediately behind the concrete placement. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking concreting operations shall be immediately stopped. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 04/ 1 1 3. The Contractor shall submit a Hot Weather Concrete Construction Plan and have it reviewed by the Engineer 30 calendar days prior to concrete placements when the ambient temperature exceeds 85 degrees Fahrenheit. This plan shall conform to ACI 305R and other requirements specified herein and shall include, but not be limited to the demonstration of how the concrete temperature during batching and mixing will be kept below 90 degrees Fahrenheit, how the concrete will be protected from the rapid evaporation of surface moisture, the proper use of water reducers with re - dosing charts and procedures, and curing procedures. 4. Concrete placement shall be limited to night time hours when the average daily air temperature is or is forecasted to exceed 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 5. Prior to the start of concreting operation for each day of placement, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided. As a minimum the program shall address the following items: a. Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. b. Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures, wind velocity and relative humidity. C. Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joints, when specified. C. Documentation of Weather Data The Contractor shall provide a continuous and accurate record of air temperature, relative humidity, concrete temperature and wind velocity at the project site with a portable weather station, adjacent to the concrete work area (s). The data shall be collected and documented by the Contractor continuously for the full duration of the project. The Contractor's quality control staff shall document the weather data in the daily Quality Control Reports and use and implement the data to eliminate the potential for plastic cracking of concrete by estimating the evaporation rate from Figure 305R. D. Protection of Concrete from Plastic Cracking The finished surfaces of the newly laid concrete shall be kept damp by applying a water - fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the concrete is finished and is covered by the curing medium. When the evaporation rate is less than 0.2 pounds per square foot per hour, one (1) coat of liquid concrete curing compound shall be applied at a minimum rate of one hundred (150) square feet per gallon. When the evaporation rate is from 0.2 to 0.4 pounds per square foot per hour, one (1) coat of liquid concrete curing compound shall be applied, at a minimum rate of one hundred (100) pounds per square feet per gallon. When the evaporation rate is greater than 0.4 but less than 0.6 pounds per square foot per hour, two (2) coats of liquid concrete curing compound shall be applied each coat at one hundred (100) square feet per gallon. When the evaporation rate is 0.6 pounds per square foot per hour, concreting operations shall be terminated or not be initiated. The evaporation rates shall be determined in accordance with Figure 305R which takes into consideration relative humidity, wind velocity and air temperature. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable and in no case shall the -temperature of the concrete when placed exceed ninety (90) degrees Fahrenheit. The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. Chilled water shall be used to ensure the concrete temperature is below ninety (90) degrees Fahrenheit. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9 04/ 1 1 When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur, the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of the requirements as shown in Table 3. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, concreting operations shall be immediately stopped, and all Portland cement concrete that is cracked, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City of Lubbock. Based on the results of the Contractor's Quality control data, as collected and documented from the portable weather station, the following criteria shall apply: TABLE 3 — Curing Compound Requirements for Concrete Evaporation Rate Minimum Curing Requirements (Pounds per Square Foot Per Hour Less than 0.20 One (1) coat membrane, each at 150 square feet per gallon 0.20 to 0.40 One (1) coat membrane, each at 100 square feet per gallon 0.40 to 0.60 Two (2) coats membrane, each at 100 square feet per gallon Greater than 0.60 Paving operations shall be terminated or not be initiated if conditions are anticipated or measured. E. Continuous Documentation of Weather Data The Contractor shall suspend concrete placement when the evaporation rate is greater than 0.60 pounds per square foot per hour, as determined from the Contractor's portable weather station data and from Figure 305R. The Contractor shall provide a continuous and accurate record of air temperature, relative humidity, concrete temperature and wind velocity at the project site and adjacent to the Work Area with a portable weather station. The Contractor's Quality Control staff shall use and record the data obtained from the portable weather station and include this data in the Quality Control daily testing and inspection report. The Quality Control testing and inspection report shall be submitted to the Engineer daily. Weather data shall be collected every day during construction, regardless if concrete is proposed to be placed. The portable weather station may be from the following manufactures: TAMS Weather Station Qualimetrics, Inc. Environmental Systems 1165 National Drive Sacramento, CA 95834 Phone (916) 928-1000 www.qualimetrics.com 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 04/ 1 1 Portable Zeno Weather Coastal 820 First Avenue South Seattle, WA 98134-1202 Phone: (800) 488-8291 03300 - 10 3.6 FINISHING A. Exposed Vertical Surfaces Such surfaces shall have all tie rod holes filled, fins and rough edges removed and all defects removed or patched. Following this the surfaces shall be rubbed with carborundum stones and clean, clear water until a smooth surface, uniform in color and texture has been obtained. This finishing shall be done as soon as is practical after removal of forms. B. Unexposed Vertical SURFACES Such surfaces shall be finished as specified for exposed vertical surfaces except that no rubbing will be required. C. Access Ramps Access ramps and driveable surface on spillways shall be troweled, after floating, and then lightly brushed to provide a "non-skid" surface. 3.7 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. All bolts, pipe, pipe sleeves, inserts or other fixtures required by the plans or these specifications to be embedded in the concrete, shall be set accurately in place and maintained in such positions during concreting operations. 3.8 TESTS A. Test certificates for cement shall be furnished as specified in Item 4.1 above. The Contractor shall furnish results of tests made by a competent commercial laboratory on each material source he proposed to use before start of construction and material shall not be shipped until such results have been examined by the Engineer and the source of material approved. Laboratory mix designs and conformation cylinders will not be required for this project. However, the proposed mix for each class of concrete shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to placing any concrete. The cost of all pre - construction tests shall be borne by the Contractor. Additional test certificates shall be furnished on the aggregate if the material source is changed. B. Seven day and twenty-eight day compressive tests shall be conducted on all cylinders. A set of 4 cylinders shall be taken for each placement of fifty cubic yards, or portion thereof. 3.9 REINFORCING A. Bar Reinforcing Except where plain bars are specifically shown on the plans, all bar reinforcing shall be deformed bars. The deformed bar reinforcing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-615 Grade 60. Plain steel bars including 1/4 inch diameter bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-307, grade 60. Weldable reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM-A-706. B. Welded Wire Fabric Welded wire fabric shall be as designated on the drawings and shall conform to the requirements of the Texas State Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges" Item 440.2 Materials. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 11 04/ 1 1 C. Storing Reinforcing Reinforcing stored at the site shall be protected from accumulation of grease, mud, or other foreign matter and from rust producing conditions. Bars shall be free from loose flaky rust, scale, oil, mud or structural defects when incorporated in the structures. D. Fabrication and Placing Reinforcement shall be accurately fabricated to the dimensions and shapes shown on the plans in accordance with the ACI Manual of Standard Practice unless variations are specifically shown on the plans. E. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed and adequately supported by concrete, metal or other approved chairs, spacers, or ties and shall be secured against displacement. Reinforcement shall be placed in specified positions within the following tolerances: F. Depth in structural slabs, flexural members, walls and columns: + 1/4 inch. G. Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars: + 2 inches except that the required concrete cover at ends of members shall not be reduced. H. Unless noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings, the concrete cover for reinforcing shall be in accordance with the requirements of the ACI Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318). 1. Splices shall be made as shown on the Contract Drawings by lapping the bars the required amount and securely wiring them together. Where details of splices are not shown or where unanticipated splices are required, they shall be made in a location approved by the Engineer and the length of lap shall be as required by the ACI Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318). J. Reinforcing bars partially embedded in concrete shall not be field bent, except as indicated on the Contract Documents or permitted by the Engineer. K. Torch cutting of reinforcing bars will not be allowed. L. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. 3.10 JOINTS A. Construction and expansion joints shall be constructed at the locations and in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. If it becomes necessary to stop placement of concrete between joints, or if the Contractor desires for his own convenience to construct joints other than those shown, such joints shall be made only at locations approved by the Engineer and all such joints shall be constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. All horizontal joints shown on the plans shall be made truly horizontal and chamfered. Vertical joints shall be truly vertical. C. Before concreting operations are resumed at any construction joint, or wherever fresh concrete is to be bonded to hardened concrete, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cut or chipped to remove laitance and expose aggregate. The surface of the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, saturated, then sloshed with a coating of neat cement grout against which the fresh concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained initial set. Care shall be taken to insure that the first layer of new concrete contains sufficient mortar for adequate bond. D. All joints shall be constructe4d in a workman like manner with joints truly vertical or horizontal, as required, and at right angles to the axis of the member in which the joint occurs. Expansion joint material shall be accurately positioned and nailed onto existing concrete to the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings so that the expansion joint material is accurately held in place during placement of new concrete. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12 04/ 1 1 3.11 CURING AND PROTECTING A. All concrete shall be cured by applying a liquid membrane coating to all exposed surfaces, provided the materials and method of application are first approved by the Engineer. See Part 8. The coating shall conform to A.S.T.M. Designation C-309. Care shall be taken to prevent mechanical injury to concrete work during the curing period and until the work is accepted. Any work damaged prior to acceptance shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All concrete work shall be protected until such time as it has set up sufficiently to prevent damage by vandals. C. Suitable means shall be provided to prevent concrete from freezing for not less than 72 hours after placing. Any concrete damaged by freezing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The addition of any admixture of chemicals to the concrete to prevent freezing shall not be allowed, unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 3.12 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if any section is not constructed to the proper grade, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 3.13 FORMWORK REMOVAL A. Forms may be removed only upon approval by the ENGINEER. In general, removal of wall forms within 24-hours. Adequate re -shoring shall be placed when forms are removed and backfilling is begun, and shall remain in place until the design 28 day compressive strength is attained. The attained strength shall be determined from standard test cylinders molded, cured and broken in accordance with ASTM C31. The strength of the concrete shall be assumed to be the average strength of the two cylinders tested. If the Contractor wishes to determine the strength of the concrete prior to the 28 day tests, the Contractor shall bear the cost as well as the responsibility of obtaining additional cylinders as well as the tests. B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, in all form removal, to prevent damage or marring of the concrete surfaces. 3.14 BACKFILLING A. Backfill behind and adjacent to all concrete work shall be made from good quality topsoil. This material shall be free from organic material such as leaves, grass, roots and other unsuitable materials and free of rocks or stones. The Contractor shall provide a smooth, even slope between the existing ground and the top of curb or other concrete structure. B. Care shall be taken during the backfill and cleanup process not to scrape, chip, crack or otherwise damage the concrete including tire marks from equipment or trucks. AnY damaged concrete will be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13 04/ 1 1 3.15 PAYMENT A. Payment will be made for all work covered in this section at the contract unit price per unit or will be included in the lump sum price per job for items, as shown on the proposal. Such payments shall be complete compensation for the complete performance of the work in accordance with the drawings and the provisions of these specifications. END OF SECTION 01449010 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14 04/ 1 1 SECTION 15130 WHEELED SUMP PUMPS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wheeled sump pump and motor and related accessories. B. Side slope riser. C. Control panel. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide pumps to operate at system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non -overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Submit also, manufacturer model number, dimensions, service sizes, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application, selection, and hookup configuration with pipe and accessory elevations. Submit hanging and support requirements and recommendations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01700 — Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit installation instructions, servicing requirements, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. C. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience approved by manufacturer. 01449010 WHEELED SUMP PUMPS 15130 - 1 04/11 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pumps. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WHEELED SUMP PUMP A. Manufacturers: 1. EPG Surepump Wheeled Sump Drainer. Model WSDPT5-5 or approved equal. B. Drainer shall have a 2 inch threaded discharge nozzle. C. Performance requirements. 1. Flow capacity: 25 gal/min. 2. Head: 85 ft. D. Each wheeled sump drainer shall be capable of pumping contaminated ground water for spill recovery, leachate, purge and sampling applications. E. A transmitter mount shall be welded at the center bottom of the sump drainer for liquid level control. The sump drainer shall permit the unit to "pump down" to within 8 inches of the sump bottom without any loss of performance or damage to the pump. The sump drainer shall be equipped with a vent valve to assist with the evacuation of air from the sump drainer. F. Each unit shall be fitted with 250 ft. of stainless lifting cable of sufficient strength to permit removal of the unit. G. Each unit shall be suitable for side slope riser installation. H. Motor: Each unit shall come with a 1.0 HP, 480V, 3-phase submersible, hermetically sealed Franklin electric motor designed for continuous duty. The motor shall be single phase with 250 ft. of cable. The motor shall be connected to the pump via a motor adapter and coupling in 304 stainless steel. Single phase motors shall have thermal protection in the motor windings to protect the windings from overload. The unit will restart automatically after the motor cools down. The motor lead wire shall be no -splice with EPG's "CP" waterproof and chemically resistant insulation. I. Materials: Major components shall be made of 304 stainless steel, seal rings are to be made of TeflonTM and bearings are to be E-G1ideTM. In addition, all fasteners are to be 304 stainless steel. J. Check Valve: Each unit shall include a built-in check valve, with housing and disc of 304 stainless steel and check valve seat of TeflonTM K. Shaft: The shaft shall be of 304 stainless steel and rotate on E-G1ideTM bearings which are product lubricated. L. Diffuser Chamber: The diffuser chambers for each impeller shall be 304 stainless steel. Further, they shall be fitted with TeflonTM impeller seal rings. M. Impellers: The impeller(s) shall be closed and consist of 304 stainless steel. 01449010 WHEELED SUMP PUMPS 15130 - 2 04/11 2.2 SIDE SLOPE RISER A. Non -guide rail disconnect system (N-Series) by Surepump or approved equal. 2.3 CONTROL PANEL A. Furnish one EPG Companies, Inc. U.L. listed L925 PT control panel to operate pump motor and auxiliary equipment in manual or automatic mode. The panel enclosure will be NEMA type 4. B. Enclosure shall come equipped with an inner door, stainless steel drip shield and tamper resistant latch. C. The pump control panel will be supplied from a 480 volt, 60 hertz, three-phase power supply. Pump control components will be sized to operate pump motor of specified horsepower. D. Standard features to be included with the control panel include: 1. Main 20 amp disconnect switch. Shall prevent opening of panel while power is on and includes 250 volt, 10 amp dual element fuses. 2. "Hand -Off -Auto" Selector Switch: Allows manual or automatic operation. The selector switch shall be a heavy duty, oil tight, NEMA 4 rated switch mounted on the inner door. 3. Motor Contactor: The motor contactor will be sized to the pump motor horsepower. 4. Control Transformer: Transformer with fused primary to isolate control circuit from power circuit and for easier and safer field wiring of accessories. It shall lower incoming voltage to 120 Volts. 5. Running Light: Indicates energization of motor circuit. It shall be heavy duty, oil tight, NEMA 4 rated and shall have a voltage surge suppressor built in to prolong lamp life. 6. Motor Start Winding Control with Start Capacitors and Start Winding Relay: Capacitor is used to start motor. Relay is used to remove start winding from circuit when motor reaches operating speed. 7. LevelMaster Level Control: The LevelMaster shall be mounted on the inner door. Meter shall have a digital readout and the capability to monitor and maintain pumping operations as well as at least two other level signals. Level control shall be accurate to within 0. 1 inch. 8. Level Master Level Control: The Level Master shall be mounted on the inner door. Meter shall have a digital readout and the capability to monitor and maintain pumping operations as well as at least two other signals. Level control shall be accurate to within 0.1 inch. Includes one each Level Master level control meter with simulator, flow meter with flow/rate totalizer, and a top mounted high level alarm. Enclosure to be NEMA 4X. 9. Lightning Arrestor: Shall be grounded, metal to metal, to water strata. 10. Terminal Strip: Provides easy connection of external components. 11. Corrosion Inhibitor Emitter: Inclusion of an industrial corrosion inhibitor emitter that shall protect internal components of control panel from corrosion for up to one year. 12. For options see specification sheets. 01449010 WHEELED SUMP PUMPS 15130 - 3 04/11 E. The submersible pressure transmitter level sensor shall have a range of 0 to 50 feet with a 4 to 20 MA output signal. Transmitter construction shall be stainless steel body, stainless steel diaphragm and Viton seals with chemical resistant signal cable. The transmitter circuit shall be protected by intrinsically safe barriers. F. Simplex System: This system is designed to start a pump on a change in liquid level as sensed by the pressure transmitter. The pump will continue to run until the selected level is reached. If the liquid level changes beyond set points, a high and/or low level will be annunciated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide pumps to operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non -overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Lubricate pumps as necessary before start-up. C. Install side slope riser as shown on plans and as recommended by the manufacturer. Avoid damage shall to the liner system. D. Install control equipment per manufacturer instructions: Control panel, level sensor and flow meter as indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 01449010 WHEELED SUMP PUMPS 15130 - 4 04/11 SECTION 15211 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping and related specialties for general -service compressed -air systems operating at 150 psig (1380 kPa) or less. 1. Air Pro Compressed Air Piping System, or approved equal. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. B. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. D. HDPE: High -density polyethylene plastic. E. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. F. PE: Polyethylene plastic. G. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. H. High -Pressure Compressed -Air Piping: System of compressed -air piping and specialties operating at pressures between 150 and 200 psig. I. Low -Pressure Compressed -Air Piping: System of compressed -air piping and specialties operating at pressures of 150 psig or less. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pipe, fittings, and valves. B. Qualification Data: For Installers. C. Field quality -control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For compressed -air piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prepare all pipe and fittings using the socket fusion techniques as outlined in ASTM D 2657 Section 8. B. Temperatures, times and pressure fusion shall be according to the printed literature by Asahi/America, Inc. 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 - 1 04/11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Air Pro Compressed Air Piping System 1. Pipe and fitting material shall be made of the Solvoy Eltex TUB 124 blue high density polyethylene material according to ASTM D 3035. 2. All components shall be molded or extruded according to ASTM D 1248. 3. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 2837-88 for establishing a hydrostatic basis. In addition the pipe shall be a dimensional ratio (SDR) pipe with a wall thickness to meet to exceed 230 psi at 68' F for piping through 4-inch diameter. 4. Fittings shall conform to requirements listed in No. 3 above and shall be injection molded. 5. Transition Fittings, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2: HDPE Adaptor with one socket end and one end with threaded brass insert. 6. Transition Fittings, NPS 2 1/2 to NPS 4: HDPE flange, CR gasket, and metal flange of material matching piping to be connected. 7. Valves, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4: HDPE union ball valve with socket ends approved for pressure up to 230 psi. 8. Acceptable Manufacturer: Asahi/America, Inc. or approved equal. B. Stainless Steel (Required for all exposed piping) 1. 304 Stainless Steel, Schedule 40 pipe meeting requirements of ASTM A312 for pressures within operating range of system. Include ends to match jointing methods. 2. Threaded or flanged connections. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for compressed -air piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: 304 stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Plastic Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general -duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.3 VALVES A. Isolation valves shall be ball valves, brass with stainless steel trim. Valves shall be rated for working pressure up to 300 psi. 2.4 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flex -Hose Co., Inc. 2. Flexicraft Industries. 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 -2 04/11 3. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 4. Mercer Rubber Co. 5. Metraflex, Inc. 6. Proco Products, Inc. 7. Unaflex, Inc. 8. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan Company 9. Approved Equal. B. Stainless -Steel -Hose Flexible Pipe Connectors: Corrugated -stainless -steel tubing with stainless -steel wire -braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working -Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 2. End Connections, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded steel pipe nipple. 3. End Connections, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. 2.5 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. 2.6 SPECIALTIES A. Safety Valves: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, "Pressure Vessels," construction; National Board certified, labeled, and factory sealed; constructed of bronze body with poppet -type safety valve for compressed -air service. 1. Pressure Settings: Higher than discharge pressure and same or lower than receiver pressure rating. B. Air -Main Pressure Regulators: Bronze body, direct acting, spring -loaded manual pressure - setting adjustment, and rated for 250-psig inlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Type: Diaphragm or Pilot operated. C. Mid -Line Drain Valves 1. Pneumatic No -Loss Drain, PNLD52 by Ingesoll-Rand or approved equal. 2. Valve compatible with system pressure. 3. For use with compressors up to 400 cfm. 4. 1 /2 inch NPT top and bottom. 5. 1/8 inch NPT pilot. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Compressed -Air Piping between Air Compressors and Receivers: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. Schedule 40, 304 stainless steel pipe, stainless steel fittings; and threaded joints. B. High -Pressure Compressed -Air Distribution Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. Air Pro Compressed Air Piping with socket fused joints 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 - 3 04/11 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Use metal valves, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal General -Duty Valves: a. Low -Pressure Compressed Air: Valve types specified for low-pressure compressed air. b. High -Pressure Compressed Air: Valve types specified for medium -pressure compressed air. 2. Plastic General -Duty Valves: Provide valves, made by piping manufacturer, that are compatible with piping. Do not use plastic valves between air compressors and receivers. a. Blue ABS Piping System: Ball valves. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of compressed -air piping. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, air -compressor sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Allow for thermal expansion as recommended by manufacturer. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Install air and drain piping with 1 percent slope downward in direction of flow. D. Install nipples, flanges, unions, transition and special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating, unless otherwise indicated. E. Equipment and Specialty Flanged Connections: 1. Use steel companion flange with gasket for connection to steel pipe. F. Flanged joints may be used instead of specified joint for any piping or tubing system. G. Install eccentric reducers where compressed -air piping is reduced in direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer fitting flush. H. Install branch connections to compressed -air mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main and branch and at low points. I. Install thermometer and pressure gage on discharge piping from each air compressor and on each receiver. J. Install piping to permit valve servicing. K. Install piping free of sags and bends. L. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Socket -fuse joints in Air Pro piping using techniques outlined in ASTM D 2657. Temperatures, times and pressures shall be according to manufacturer's requirements. Use manufacture -approved fusion equipment. B. For carbon or stainless steel pipe, ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 - 4 04/11 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Welded Joints for Steel Piping: Join according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M. F. Flanged Joints: Use asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket suitable for compressed air. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9 for bolting procedure. G. Dissimilar Metal Piping Material Joints: Use dielectric fittings if recommended by pipe supplier. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves as recommended by manufacturer. B. Install mid -line drain valves at low point in line as shown on the plans. 3.6 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION A. Install flexible pipe connectors in discharge piping and in inlet air piping of each air compressor. B. Install stainless -steel -hose flexible pipe connectors in steel compressed -air piping. 3.7 SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. Install safety valves on receivers in quantity and size to relieve at least the capacity of connected air compressors. B. Install air -main pressure regulators in compressed -air piping at or near air compressors. A. Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment and machine. 3.9 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. B. Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: 1. Install stainless steel or galvanized pipe anchors at spacing shown on plans for pipe on concrete slab. 3.10 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Install identifying labels and devices for compressed -air piping, valves, and specialties. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Piping Leak Tests for Air Pro Compressed -Air Piping: Test new and modified parts of existing piping. Cap and fill compressed -air piping at 10psi intervals up to 50psi with oil -free dry air, at temperature of 110 deg F. Check for leaks at each joint using a soap solution. Then increase system pressure to 150psi. Hold pressure for one hour. After that time check the pressure gauge. If the pressure is decreased without any indication of a leak, increase it to its original level. If after the second test the total pressure loss is more than 10%, the test must be considered a failure and the 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 - 5 04/11 system should be further reviewed for leaks. If pressure loss is not evident continue testing for a minimum of two hours to a recommended duration of 12 hours 2. Piping Leak Tests for Metal Compressed -Air Piping: Test new and modified parts of existing piping. Cap and fill compressed -air piping with oil -free dry air to pressure of 50 psig above system operating pressure but not less than 150 prig. Isolate test source and let stand for four hours to equalize temperature. Refill system, if required, to test pressure; hold for two hours with no drop in pressure. 3. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Inspect filters and pressure regulators for proper operation. C. Prepare test reports. END OF SECTION 01449010 COMPRESSED -AIR PIPING 15211 - 6 04/11 SECTION 15441 CENTRIFUGAL GAS CONDENSATE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Centrifugal Gas Condensate Pumps. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 — Submittals. B. Section 02665 - Piping, Valves and Miscellaneous Items. C. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.4 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Not Used 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Provide direct coupled centrifugal pumps. 2. The motors and pumps shall be assembled by the manufacturer and designer of the pumps to create a packaged pumping skid/system warrantable by the pump manufacturer. 3. Provide a 120V, single-phase, pump starter panel equipped with discrete control of the operation of the connected pump. The panel is to utilize 120V single-phase source voltage as its control voltage. The discrete control inherent to the panel is to provide starting and stopping of the controlled pump based on liquid level in a vessel. The starting and stopping setpoints shall be field adjustable by facility operation personnel without the need for any external device e.g., specialized software, laptop, communication cable, etc. 01449010 CENTRIFUGAL GAS CONDENSATE PUMPS 15441 - 1 04/ 1 1 B. Performance Requirements 1. Centrifugal Pumps a. Provide 1 direct coupled centrifugal pump for emptying the storage tanks with the following characteristics: 1) Discharge Size 1" 2) Inlet Size 1" 3) Rated Capacity 20 gpm @ 36' TDH 4) Motor Size 3/4 HP 5) Shut Off Head 50' 6) Voltage/Phase/Frequency 120V/1/60 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to the requirements of Section 01300 — Submittals, submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified rating curves showing pump characteristics of head, brake horsepower, discharge, efficiency, required net positive suction head, and allowable suction lift. Catalog sheets showing a family of curves will not be acceptable. 2. Literature and drawings describing the equipment in sufficient detail, including parts list and materials and details of construction, to indicate full compliance with these specifications. 3. Schematic electrical wiring diagrams and other data as required for completion of each pump installation. 4. Certified copies of a report covering each test and capacity, power and efficiency curves based on shop test results, shall be prepared by the pump manufacturer and delivered to the Engineer not less than 10 days prior to shipment of the equipment from the factory. If performance tests are not conducted on the motor, certified test reports of an identical motor shall be included. 5. Manufacturer's recommended list of spare parts. 6. Submit evidence that he can deliver a replacement for any part furnished within three working days, except major castings which shall be delivered within 10 working days. 1.8 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Crate, deliver and uncrate all parts and equipment so as to protect against any damage. Clean and lubricate in preparation for testing and field painting. B. Properly protect all finished iron or steel surfaces that are not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. C. Do not dismantle factory assembled parts and components for shipment unless permission is received in writing from the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide Gorman -Rupp 1" Self -Priming Stainless Steel Centrifugal Pump Model #429B-98 or approved equal. Pumps should be designed for handling solids, corrosive liquids and slurries. 01449010 CENTRIFUGAL GAS CONDENSATE PUMPS 15441 - 2 04/ 1 1 2.2 SPECIFICATIONS A. Pump shall be compatible with landfill gas condensate. B. Pump shall be self -priming. C. Impeller 1. Stainless steel D. Wearplate: Stainless steel. E. Seal Plate: Stainless steel. F. Shaft: Stainless steel. G. Motors 1. 3/4hp, 3450 rpm. 2. Motor direct coupled to pump. 3. Motor acceptable for direct exposure to the elements. 4. TEFC enclosure. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test the pumps at the factory for capacity, and power requirements at the specified rated condition, shutoff head, operating head extremes, and at as many other points as necessary for accurate performance curve plotting. All tests and test reports shall be made in conformity with the requirements and recommendations of the Hydraulic Institute Standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps and pump starter/control panel in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Installation shall include furnishing the required grease for initial operation. The grades of grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Set anchor bolts in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Furnish all drain and flushing water piping required. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests. After all pumps have been completely installed, conduct, in the presence of the Engineer, such tests as are necessary to indicate that the pumps conform to the specifications. B. Manufacturer's Field Service. 1. Qualifications. Provide a factory trained, qualified, and experienced representative from the pump manufacturer. 2. Inspections. Manufacturer's representative is to inspect the completed pump installation and make all final adjustments necessary to initialize pump operation. 3. Training. Manufacturer's representative will instruct the Owner's Operations Personnel in the proper care and operation of the equipment, for a minimum of 8 hours. C. Provide a performance chart showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output KW and efficiency for the motors. 01449010 CENTRIFUGAL GAS CONDENSATE PUMPS 15441 -3 04/ 1 1 3.3 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. Provide all special tools, if required for operation and maintenance of the equipment. B. All spare parts listed in the manufacturer's recommended spare parts list, including at least the following: l . A supply of all required lubricants, sufficient for one year's normal operation. C. Furnish all tools and spare parts in containers clearly identified with indelible markings as to their contents. Pack each container with its contents suitably protected for long periods of storage. Furnish all tools in steel tool boxes. END OF SECTION 01449010 CENTRIFUGAL GAS CONDENSATE PUMPS 15441 - 4 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. B. The requirements of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements of these specifications are applicable and part of every section in Division 16 - Electrical. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, service, equipment, appliances and shall perform all operations in connection with the installation and testing of Electrical Work in accordance with contract drawings and specifications. Any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for all such material furnished by him and he shall replace at his own expense all such materials found to be defective in manufacture or damaged after delivery. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS Regulatory Agencies: Installation, materials, equipment and workmanship shall conform to the applicable provisions of the following: A. National Electrical Code (NEC) B. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) C. Terms and conditions of the electrical utility and other authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work required. 1.3 MODIFICATIONS All modifications required by these applicable codes, rules, regulations and authorities shall be made by the Contractor without additional charge to the Owner. A. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL): All materials, appliances, equipment or devices shall conform to the applicable standards of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. The label of, or listing by, UL is required. B. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the publications and standards of the following organization shall apply: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 3. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 7. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) 01449010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16000 - 1 04/ 1 1 Should this Contractor observe any conflict or variation in the plans and specifications, he shall notify the Engineer in writing not later than ten (10) days prior to date of bid opening. Failure to clarify such variations will result in the Electrical Contractor bearing all costs arising from electrical work done contrary to either the specifications or drawings. Electrical contractor shall coordinate all conduit runs, control wiring and electrical connections to equipment items furnished by Mechanical Contractor, General Contractor, Instrumentation Contractor, the Owner, and other contractors under other sections of these specifications. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List: Within 15 days after award of contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a list of all equipment to be furnished. Where substitutions are proposed, complete data must be furnished showing performance, quality and dimensions. Written approval of Engineer must be obtained before purchasing any substitute equipment. B. Shop Drawings: As per section 01300, submit for approval all shop drawings after the material list has been approved and prior to ordering. Show complete outlines, dimensions, electrical services, control diagrams, electrical characteristics of a special nature or critical to the installation and pertinent data required for installation. All descriptive and technical data and shop drawings shall bear signed certification to the effect that they have been carefully examined and found to be correct with respect to dimension, space available, non-interference with other trades and that the equipment complies with all the requirements of these specifications. Where catalog data are submitted, the proposed items shall be clearly "flagged" or otherwise identified, so that no confusion exists. In addition to specific references or requests, submit shop drawings for the following applicable items: motor starters, switches, control devices, control systems and sensing equipment. C. Substitutions: Proposed substitutions of electrical equipment, control devices, and other equipment shall be submitted with other submittal data. This request shall be accompanied by complete descriptions of the substitutes offered, including catalog cuts. The entire burden of proof of equality shall be placed on the Contractor and the decision of the Engineer shall be final. D. Test Data: Provide 1 copy of all data obtained during tests required in Specifications. Data shall be organized in an orderly fashion, typed and indicate the result of each test. This shall be submitted for the Engineers Review within 3 days of performing the required tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The electrical requirements for equipment specified or indicated on the drawings are based on information available at the time of design. If equipment furnished for installation has electrical requirements other than indicated on the electrical drawings, the Contractor shall make any required changes to wire and conduit size, controls, over current protection and installation; as required to accommodate the equipment supplied, without additional charge to the Owner. The complete responsibility and costs for such adjustments shall be assigned to the respective section of this specification under which the equipment is furnished. 01449010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16000 - 2 04/ 1 1 2.2 MATERIALS A. All similar materials and equipment shall be the product of the same manufacturer unless specified otherwise. Where no specific material, apparatus or appliance is mentioned, any first-class product, with the approval of the Engineer may be used. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current and standard design. Equipment affected by altitude shall perform satisfactorily for the function intended at the altitude of the project site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Fabrication, erection and installation of the complete electrical system shall be done in accordance with accepted good practice by qualified personnel experienced in such work and shall proceed in an orderly manner so as not to impede the progress of the project. The Electrical Contractor shall check all areas and surfaces where electrical equipment material is to be installed, removed or relocated and report any unsatisfactory conditions before starting work. Commencement of work signifies this Contractor's acceptance of existing conditions. In the acceptance or rejection of the finished installation, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 3.2 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING A. Furnish and install temporary electrical facilities, if required, for construction and safety operations. No part of the permanent electrical systems or the existing electrical system may be used for temporary service unless approved by the Engineer. Provide separate electrical metering for temporary power. 3.3 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Thoroughly test all control circuits, fixtures, services and all circuits for proper operating condition and freedom from grounds and short circuits before acceptance is requested. All equipment, appliances and devices shall be operated under load conditions. After the interior wiring system installation is complete and at such time as the Engineer may direct, conduct operating tests for approval. When requested, test all the wire, cable, devices and equipment after installation, to assure that all material continues to possess all the original characteristics as required by governing codes and standards listed in these specifications. B. Perform such tests as required by other sections of these specifications or as requested to prove acceptability. Furnish all instruments and labor for testing. 3.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. During progress of the work, maintain a clean full set of project plans to be used to record accurate red -lined changes to the installation of the system. Upon completion of the installation, submit the full set of red -lined drawings with all record data to the Engineer. 01449010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16000 - 3 04/ 1 1 3.5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. Without additional charge to the Owner, furnish complete instruction to the Owner in the care, adjustment and operation of all parts of the electrical equipment and systems. Upon completion of the work, prepare and deliver to the Owner four (4) sets of complete operating and maintenance manuals for the systems and major equipment installed. Include catalog data, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, performance curves and rating data, spare parts lists and manufacturer's operating maintenance data. A copy of testing data collected during field tests shall also be included in the manuals. B. The above requirements are in addition to specific instructions and manuals specified for individual systems or equipment. 3.6 DRAWINGS A. General: The electrical drawings show the general arrangement of all conduit, equipment, etc. and shall be followed as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades will permit. The structural drawings shall be considered as a part of the work insofar as these drawings furnish the contractor with information relating to the design and construction of the building. Because of the small scale of the electrical drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be required. The contractor shall investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work and shall arrange his work accordingly, providing such fittings, elbows, pull boxes, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. B. Field Measurements: The Contractor shall verify the dimensions governing the electrical work at the facility. No extra compensation shall be claimed or allowed on account of differences between actual dimensions and those indicated on the drawings. C. Coordination Drawings: In locations where several trades' work must be sequenced and positioned with precision in order to fit into the available space, prepare coordination drawings (shop drawings) showing the actual physical dimensions (at accurate scale) required for the installation if deemed necessary by Engineer. Prepare and submit these coordination drawings, if required, prior to purchase -fabrication -installation of any of these elements involved in the coordination. 3.7 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS A. The approximate locations of cabinets, conduits, controllers, power outlets, etc., are indicated on the drawings; however, they are not intended to give complete and detailed information. Determine the exact location after thoroughly examining the general building plans and by actual measurements during construction, subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3.8 EXISTING ELECTRICAL A. The existing electrical system information has been obtained from the most up-to-date source and documents; but their accuracy is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing conditions prior to preparing his bid. B. Only the existing electrical affected by this Contract is shown on the drawings. Existing electrical not shown in the drawings is to remain in place and in operation. All existing electrical damaged during construction shall be repaired or replaced. 01449010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16000 - 4 04/ 1 1 C. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to existing walls or ceilings due to the electrical construction. Repairing of damage to the existing building shall be done by the proper trades involved. 3.9 ELECTRIC UTILITY SERVICE A. XCEL Energy is the local electric utility company providing service to the existing facility. The design and installation of overhead and underground facilities will be done by XCEL Energy. B. The Contractor shall be familiar with and comply with the requirements of the latest version of the Service Requirements book from each service provider. Any equipment in the Service Requirements book that is stated to be provided or installed by the Customer shall be provided by and installed by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the service provider to establish the exact location and spacing requirements of the service pole. END OF SECTION 01449010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16000 - 5 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. B. The conduit, fittings, conduit bodies, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the work. Any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the work. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him and he shall replace at his own expense all such materials found to be defective in manufacture or damaged after delivery. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal conduit. B. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. C. Nonmetal conduit. D. Fittings and conduit bodies. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16190 — Supporting Devices. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable assemblies. D. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. NECA "Standard of Installation." F. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. G. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. Accurately record actual routing of all conduits. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 01449010 CONDUIT 16111 - 1 04/11 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle Products to site under provisions of General Conditions. Accept conduit and cable tray on site and inspect for damage. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade and providing appropriate covering. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. Verify routing and termination. Locations of conduit prior to rough -in. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Minimum Size: 3/4" unless otherwise specified. B. Rigid Metallic Conduit (RMC): Galvanized Rigid Steel, ANSI C80.1. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. C. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. Flexible conduit shall be used only for connection to devices and structures subject to vibration. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 3 feet. D. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 or 80 PVC. PVC Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC E. PVC Coated Rigid Metallic Conduit: NEMA RN1; PVC externally coated galvanized rigid steel conduit. 2.2 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS A. At 18" below grade and lower utilize Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit. If underground conduit run is not encased in concrete, place 4" of sand below and above conduit, and install a red plastic ribbon 6 inches above the top of the conduit for the entire length of the underground run. B. Any conduit located less than 18" below grade shall PVC coated Rigid Metallic Conduit, or Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit encased in concrete. C. When transferring from below grade to above grade, use PVC coated or taped Rigid Metallic Conduit. 2.3 ABOVEGROUND INSTALLATIONS A. Wet and Dry Locations: Use Rigid Metallic Conduit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Arrange supports to prevent 01449010 CONDUIT 16111 - 2 04/11 misalignment during wiring installation. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and splint hangers. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). All sharp edges shall be removed from ends after cutting. "Pipe" cutters shall not be used for cutting conduit. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. C. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. D. Use conduit hubs to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Conduit bends shall be made so as not to alter the cross -sectional area of the conduit. E. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses, control and expansion joints. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. F. All conduits identified on a conduit schedule shall be tagged at each end with metal tags engraved or stamped to identify the conduit according to the identification on the "schedule." END OF SECTION 01449010 CONDUIT 16111 - 3 04/11 SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Power wire and cable. B. Motor Supply cable. C. Underground feeder and branch circuit cable. D. Service entrance cable. E. Control cable. F. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16111 - Conduit. B. Section 16130 - Boxes. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Product Data: Provide for each cable assembly type. C. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSUNFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wires and cables as required meeting Project Conditions. C. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. 01449010 WIRE AND CABLE 16120 - 1 04/ 1 1 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work with other trades. B. Determine required separation between cable and other work. C. Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Power Wire and Cable: Cable to be as manufactured by Carol Cable, Triangle PWC, Inc., Capital Wire & Cable Corp, or equal. B. Motor Supply Cable: Draka USA, or equal. C. Control Cable: Belden, or equal. 2.2 POWER WIRE AND CABLE A. Description: Tray Cable Rated, multi -conductor, insulated wire. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation: ANSI/NFPA 70; Type THHN/THWN-2, 90 degrees C insulation for service entrance, feeders and branch circuits. 2.3 CONTROL CABLE A. Analog I/O wiring shall be 16 AWG, twisted pair shielded, Belden 8719 or equal. B. Discrete I/O wiring shall be 16AWG, 600V, stranded copper, THWN. Use multi -conductor cable when possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire has been completed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer instructions. B. Use copper conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. C. Use copper conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. D. Use 10 AWG copper conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. E. Use 10 AWG copper conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. F. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. G. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 8 AWG and larger or runs longer than 50 feet. H. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. I. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panel boards. 01449010 WIRE AND CABLE 16120 - 2 04/ 1 1 J. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. K. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. L. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. M. Use solder less pressure connectors with insulating covers or spring wire connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Identify each conductor with its destination terminal block. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing under provisions of General Conditions. B. Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection. C. Measure tightness of bolted connections. D. Utilize accurate torque wrench to tighten bolts and nuts on MCC. E. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. F. Verify that all non -grounded conductors have an open circuit to ground. END OF SECTION 01449010 WIRE AND CABLE 16120 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Pull and junction boxes. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NECA: Standard of Installation. B. NEMA FB 1: Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. C. NEMA OS 1: Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. D. NEMA 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum). E. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. General Conditions: Contract Closeout: Submittals for Project closeout. B. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes on project record documents. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Farralloy Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. 01449010 BOXES 16130 - 1 04/ 1 1 B. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2. C. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, and aluminum cast ferroalloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. D. Boxes and covers in outdoor vault locations shall be Cast Boxes with 40 mil gray PVC exterior coating, and 2 mil urethane interior coating. E. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16140. 2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4 flat -flanged, surface mounted junction box, or as specified on drawings. 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron, Cast aluminum. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. B. Boxes and covers in Wet Well Locations shall be Cast Boxes with 40 mil gray PVC exterior coating, and 2 mil urethane interior coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. C. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 10 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose. E. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices as specified in Section 16140. F. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. G. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. H. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on plans. I. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. J. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. K. Support boxes independently of conduit. L. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. M. Use cast aluminum outlet box in exterior locations and wet locations. N. Large Pull Boxes: Use NEMA 4 enclosure. 3.2 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment to be connected. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. General Conditions - Contract Closeout: Adjusting installed work. B. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. 01449010 BOXES 16130 - 2 04/ 1 1 3.4 CLEANING A. General Conditions - Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. B. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. 3.5 PAYMENT A. Payment will be made for all work covered in this section at the contract unit price per unit or will be included in the lump sum price per job for items, as shown on the proposal. Either such payment shall be complete compensation for the complete performance of work in accordance with the drawings and the provisions of these specifications. END OF SECTION 01449010 BOXES 16130 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16170 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding electrodes and conductors. B. Equipment grounding conductors. C. Bonding. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. Metal underground water pipe if available. B. Metal frame of the building if available. C. Concrete -encased electrode. D. Rod electrode. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 1 ohm. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of exothermic connectors. 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes. 01449010 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170 - 1 04/ 1 1 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. l .10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODE A. Material: Copper or Copper -clad steel. B. Diameter: 3/4 inch. C. Length: 10 feet. 2.2 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS AND RELATED MATERIAL A. Exothermic connectors, rod electrodes and other grounding related equipment shall be supplied by a manufacturer with 10 years experience in manufacturing. 2.3 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Foundation Electrodes: 2 AWG X 20 feet long. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements or as indicated on drawings or in specifications if larger. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Exothermically weld all connections. B. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel at two locations in foundation footing. Bond steel together. 01449010 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170 - 2 04/ 1 1 D. Provide foundation electrodes for all blowers, pumps and other skid mounted equipment with #4 CU ground wire from electrode to base. Exothermic weld at all connections. E. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system. Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall -of - potential method. END OF SECTION 01449010 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16170 - 3 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association. B. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSLNFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Materials and Finishes: Galvanized Steel and/or Stainless Steel. B. Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products. C. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts. 2. Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, spring steel clips and steel ramset fasteners. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Use self -drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 4. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 5. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. 01449010 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation". C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit. D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. E. Fabricate supports from structural steel as indicated on drawings. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use lock washers under all nuts. F. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panel -boards with minimum of four anchors. G. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panel -boards one inch off wall. H. Install conduit supports a maximum spacing specified in the NEC. END OF SECTION 01449010 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190 - 2 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16441 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pump panel disconnects B. Service disconnects. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of General Conditions. B. Product Data: Provide switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler -Hammer. B. Eaton. C. Square-D. D. As specified on drawings, in specifications, or equal approved by Engineer. 01449010 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16441-1 04/1 l 2.2 PUMP PANEL DISCONNECTS A. Non -fusible Switch Assemblies: 30 Amp, 480VAC, 3 Pole, NEMA 4, Heavy Duty Type, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in ON and OFF position. B. Terminals shall be rated for 90 degrees Celsius. 2.3 MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT A. Disconnect shall be Service Entrance Rated, NEMA 4, 480VAC, 3 Pole, Fused disconnect, heavy duty with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in the ON position. Handles lockable in ON and OFF position. B. Neutral shall be bonded to ground at this location per NEC recommendations. C. Disconnect ratings and fuse sizes shall be as indicated on contract Drawings. D. Cable terminals shall be rated for 90 degrees Celsius. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install disconnect switches where indicated. B. Install per manufacturers recommendations. END OF SECTION 01449010 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16441-2 04/1 l SECTION 16670 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surge Protective Device SPD, former Transient Voltage Surge Suppression devices, (abbreviated as TVSS) SPD will be used in this specification and on all drawings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16120 - Wires and Cables. B. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding. 1.4 REFERENCES A. The specified system shall be designed, manufactured, tested and installed in compliance with: 1. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 2. American National Standards Institute and 3. National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA) 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (ANSUIEEE C62.11, C62.41, and C62.45) 5. Federal Information Processing Standards Publication 94 (FIP PUB 94) 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 20, 70, 75 and 780) 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1449 3rd. Ed., UL 1283, ) MIL-STD-220A 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Includes electrical and mechanical requirements for a high-energy transient voltage surge suppression system. Specified system shall provide effective high energy surge current diversion, sine wave tracking for electrical line noise filtering and be suitable for application in ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category A, B, and C environments, as tested by ANSUIEEE C62.11, C62.45 and MIL-STD-220A. B. System shall be connected in parallel with the protected system; no series connected elements shall be used which limit load current or kVA capability. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Submit under provisions of Section 0 13 00. B. Provide dimensions and materials of each component. Include isolation switch data. 01449010 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 16670 - 1 04/ 1 1 C. Documentation of specified system's UL 1449 Listing and clamping voltage ratings of all protection modes shall be included as required product data submittal information. D. Documentation of the specified system's UL 1283 Complimentary Listing shall be included as required product data submittal information. E. Independent fuse coordination tests from a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. 1.7 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer shall furnish an installation manual with installation, start up, trouble -shooting guide and operating instructions for the specified system. B. Electrical and mechanical drawings shall be provided by the manufacturer, which show unit dimensions, weights, component and connection locations, mounting provisions, connection details and wiring diagram. C. Record actual location of SPD. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of SPD equipment for with minimum 5 years experience. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Product Listing: UL listed under UL 1449 (Rev 09/2009) Standard for Surge Protective Device (SPD) and the surge ratings shall be permanently affixed to the SPD. B. Complimentary listed to UL 1283 Standard for EMI/RFI Facility Filters. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Schneider Electric, SurgeLogic B. Erico, CRITEC C. Eaton D. Approved Equal 2.2 OPTIONS A. Surge Protection Device (SPD) shall be rated to be installed in a service entrance application. B. Unit shall provide a monitor with surge counter, status LEDs and audible alarm with remote monitor capability. C. All manufacturers shall submit independent test data from a nationally recognized testing laboratory for overcurrent protection, protection modes, and compliance with UL 1449 ratings. D. Unit shall be housed in a NEMA 3R Steel wall mounted enclosure. E. SPD Unit shall a modular design to allow ease of maintenance and flexibility in system upgrades. 01449010 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 16670 - 2 04/ 1 1 2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Storage temperature range shall be -55 to +85 C (-67 to +187 F). B. Operating temperature range shall be -40 to +50 C (40 to +122 F). C. Operation shall be reliable in an environment with 0% to 95% non -condensing relative humidity. D. SPD shall not generate any appreciable audible noise. E. Unit shall not generate any appreciable magnetic fields and shall be suitable for use directly inside computer rooms. 2.4 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Nominal system operating voltage shall be 277/480 three phase WYE, 4 wire plus ground. B. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) shall be greater than 115% of the nominal system operating voltage to ensure the ability of the system to withstand temporary RMS overvoltage (swell) conditions. C. Operating frequency range of the system shall be at least 47 to 63 Hertz. D. All protection modes (including Neutral to Ground) of the SPD shall be internally fused at the component level with the fuses IxIXT capability to allow the suppressor's maximum rated transient current to pass through the suppressor without fuse operation. If the rated IxIxT characteristic of the fusing is exceeded, the fusing shall be capable of opening in less than one millisecond and clear both high and low impedance fault conditions. The fusing shall be capable of interrupting up to 200-kA symmetrical fault current with 600 VAC applied. This overcurrent protection circuit shall be monitored and provide indication of suppression failure/operability. Conductor level fuses or circuit breakers internal or external to the SPD shall not be acceptable. Contractor to furnish submittal documentation of proper fuse coordination of actual fault tests from a nationally recognized testing laboratory for product approval. 2.5 PROTECTION MODES A. Protection Modes: 1. Line to Neutral Protection 2. Neutral to Ground Protection 3. Line to Ground Protection 4. Line to Line Protection B. SPD peak surge current capacity shall be 80 kA per phase. C. SPD system shall provide a joule rating that meets or exceeds the requirements of ANSFIEEE C62.41 Category C delivery capability. D. Typical response time of all suppression components shall be less than 1 nanosecond. 2.6 SURGE SUPPRESSION COMPONENTS A. The unit shall display the combined total number of transient voltage surges detected from L-N, L-G, N-G, and L-L since the counter was last reset. B. Provide dry contacts to monitor ON/OFF and alarm status. C. Alarm Silence, reset, and test functions. D. Indication of full or partial loss of protection E. Individually fused suppression modules. F. AC Tracking Filter: EMLWI filtering up to —50dB from 100 kHz to 100 MHz. 01449010 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 16670 - 3 04/ 1 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The SPD shall be installed outdoors adjacent to the main disconnect switch. B. The Contractor shall follow the SPD manufacturer's recommended installation practices and comply with all applicable codes. C. Manufacturer shall furnish an installation manual with installation, start up, trouble -shooting guide and operating instructions for the specified system. D. Electrical and mechanical drawings shall be provided by the manufacturer, which show unit dimensions, weights, component and connection locations, mounting provisions, connection details and wiring diagram. E. No sharp bend will be allowed in wiring from SPD unit to ground. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each wiring device for defects. B. Verify that all connections a properly bonded. 3.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall provide a full ten year warranty from date of shipment against any failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions, UL listing requirements, and any applicable national or local electrical codes. END OF SECTION 01449010 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 16670 - 4 04/ 1 1 SECTION 16990 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING AND START-UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Construction Contract Clauses, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1- General Requirements apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing procedures and methods required prior to acceptance of electrical systems by Owner. Electrical system start-up procedures. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16000 - Electrical General Provisions B. Section 16120 - Wires and Cables C. Section 16441 - Enclosed Switches 1.4 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code - NEC B. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA C. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM D. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE E. American National Standards Institute - ANSI F. ANSI C2 - National Electrical Safety Code G. ANSI Z244-1 - American National Standard for Protection H. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01400. Calibration of all equipment utilized in electrical system tests must be documented and capable of being verified. Accuracy of test instruments shall be directly traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. Analog field instruments shall be calibrated within 6 months of use. Digital field instruments shall be calibrated within 12 months of use. Leased instruments shall be calibrated within 12 months of use where the accuracy is guaranteed by the lessor. B. Accurately record field data obtained during tests in a manner acceptable to Owner. Provide three copies of tests summary to Owner in a form acceptable to Owner. C. A copy of all test reports shall be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals that will be provided to the Owner by Contractor at project close out. 01449010 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING AND STARTUP 16990 - 1 04/ 1 1 PART 2 - TEST REQUIREMENTS 2.1 CABLE TESTS A. Visually inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection in accordance with single line diagram. Verify that all cables have been permanently numbered. Check cable color coding with applicable Engineer's specifications and the National Electrical Code standards. B. After installation and before rated voltage is applied to any power cable #8 AWG or larger, a DC insulation check shall be made for each cable with a megohmmeter. Applied potential shall be 1000 Volts DC for 1 minute. The minimum acceptable resultant value shall be 100 megohms. Individually test each conductor with all other conductors and shields grounded at both ends. Terminations shall be properly corona suppressed by guard ring, field reduction sphere, or other suitable method. In the event that any power cable fails, the entire length of cable shall be replaced. 2.2 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Inspect ground system for compliance with plans and specifications. Perform three point fall -of - potential test per IEEE Standard No. 81, Section 9.04 on the main grounding electrode, Resistance to ground shall be no greater than five ohms. Contractor shall be responsible for installing additional electrodes as required to lower resistance to five ohms, if greater, at no additional expense to Owner. B. Contractor shall perform a 3-point fall of potential test at each location indicated by the Engineer at the completion of the Project. 2.3 FIELD DEVICE TESTS A. Visually inspect the all field devices for physical damage and proper installation. Calibrate devices per manufacturer's recommendations. Verify proper operation of all field devices prior to Start -Up. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The purpose of the start-up procedures is to assure that the equipment and systems utilized are ready for operation and use by the City of Follett. B. Start-up will be performed by the Contractor with the Engineer and City of Follett representative (if desired) present. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for recording the results and providing a report to the Engineer. 3.2 PROCEDURE A. Field devices and other equipment utilized will be operated as required for efficient system operation. Contractor shall demonstrate that the field devices work as specified. Upon effectively demonstrating the satisfactory operation of all electrical systems, the contractor will energize all equipment that will not be adversely effected for a period of seven days. Any 01449010 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING AND STARTUP 16990 - 2 04/ 1 1 controls or other equipment found to be defective shall be replaced prior to acceptance by Owner. B. Contractor shall provide "Certification of Proper Operation" to Engineer upon completion of Start -Up. END OF SECTION 01449010 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING AND STARTUP 16990 - 3 04/ 1 1 APPENDIX A SOIL AND LINER QUALITY CONTROL PLAN TTACHMENT 10 Si71L AND LINER QUALITY CbNTROE. PLAN ATTACHMENT 10 SOIL AND LINER QUAUTY CONTROL PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS Secfion adO d W *,r AV; MI HAEL K STACE � 4"s ft""M1069 i *-Edon !i ��■ i 65460 piacle r 1■� INTRODUCTION . . . 1 . . . . . . . . i . • , + L L 4 4 r . + r ■ r ■ ■ Sol . ■ ■ ■ ■ m . i . a + , 'I 1 .1 Generai . i ■ a . a . ■ a . ■ 4 ■ . + F r ■ , r ■ ■ , r . ■ r . ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ ■ a ■ . • i ■ a r , r , 1 +i D efl n ifio n ■ ■ T 1 r ■ , . . ■ . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ a ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ a ■ ■ i ■ L L a L a _ T ■ 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LO CONSTRUCTED CLAY LINER .. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Loma and ■ _ L 4 i r a - + , r , r ■ v ■ ■ r 4 • 1 General i ■ a L ■ L ■ + . 1 ■ r ■ ■ r r ■ ■ 10 ■ ■ ■ ■ • ■ ■ ■ a ■ a ■ ■ ■ a ■ a ■ a ■ i L L + 4 2.2 Preliminary Sampling and Testing Procedures i L a a a r. F a r4 14 r■ 100 15 r .1 Imported Natural C lays + F Y 4 4 + ■ 1 r ■ ■ 7 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ r • ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ a L . 5 . T On -Site Soils Enriched .■ nth Eentcn!W; L 4+ a r- 1- 1■ F■ r■ r.■ r■ 6 13 Sampling and Testing of Constructed Clay Liners ........... a .. a . 7 . .1 tensity and Moisture Content ... r ...... i .. + .. a . a . a L , -1 r 7 L3., Sieve ++ Analysis and Atterbarg Limits ■ ■ a ■ a L r L r a - r , - , r , ■ . . ■ 8 2.3.3 CoefficientofPermeab[iity ■■rr•■■■■■■r■,.■.i.L.L■ LL__ LL4 Thickness Verification ■ ■ ■ AS ■ ■ a a ■ ■ a L . i L i _ i r a _ _ a i - r ■ r ■ ■ r r4 Construction of Lfners Using Imported Clays ■ r r ■ . ■ . ■ r ■ ■ , ■ ■ ■ • ■ ■ a � 2.5 Construction of Liners Using On -Sate Soils Endched With Bentonite , ■ +11 3,0 FLEXIBLE MUMBRAELINER(FML) . ■■4 LL■4 M4+r1 rrr■r■ a ■■ ■■ a 1 12 ■ 1 General a ■ ■ L ■ i ■ ■ i ■ ■ i -4 + ■ ■ 1 r ■ ■ r r ■ ■ r ■ 1 r ■ r ■ r ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ a 1 3 L Submittals + r + r ■ r ■ ■ r ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ , ■ ■ ■ a ■ ■ a ■ ■ i ■ a ■ 4 L a L 4 a r L + h r ■ ■ 1 a QuaI1ty Assurance 4 + ■ ■ r . ■ r ■ ■ ■ A ■ ■ . ■ . ■ . • . . ■ ■ ■ i ■ L a ■ a ■ a L a L r 14 14 Delivery, Storage and Handling ... i .. a L . a L a . - r ■ , r , ■ r , ■ . ■ ■ . . 16 3.5 Products ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ L ■ ■ i ■ ■ a ! i + + r i ■ r ■ i r r ■ r ■ , ■ r ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ r • a ■ a L 16 - I nsta I la o n Procedure ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ • L ■ ■ ■ L ■ i ■ a i r ■ i ■ r 1 1 1 • 1 ■ 1 1 19 .7 Field(Duality Contral ■ r■■r■■■.■■■ L■■i■a.■a La _a _i. L_ r■1 23 4.0 LEACMATE COLLECTION SYSTEM ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ . . i ■ ■ L . a L . _ a r _ _ - _ + r , r T r . � 5.0 PROTE Ta E SOIL COVER ..,....L.,LLaiLaF_rr1..T1■.■rams ,a3 6.0 MAR ICI NG AND 1 DENT] FYI N G OF EVALUATED AREAS . , ......... ■ a a 34 7LO BLEB, FM LER, AND CONSTRUCTIO N D 0 C U M ENTATIO a _ i - - , - - . , r r 5 City of Lubbock 104 August 1994 M S LF Fermat M od[Ications Revised i r 1,101 Introduction General This Sail and Liner Quality Control Man (SLQCP) presents engineering and quality control requirements for construction for the Lubbock landfill composite lining system, The SLQCP shall be used "in conjunction with the Sifte Development Plan Attach m a n is a n d fi n a i co n stru cti o n dra i rig s an d spe cifica ti ores. The S LQ C p-s h a1 address es the following, Quality Assurance Program and the Quality Assurance Procedures to be 1vmplemented during the ccMPOSite liner construction 'ncluding fi el d e b se rvati on, la b oratory a nd fie I d testing I a n d acre p tan ce Crite ri a for constructed work. Recording and do turn a n tfn g procedures to demonstrate that the constructed composite liner meets the requirements of project plans and specifications. Unes of communication, responsibilrfies and role of Quality Assurance team and other related project p erso n n eI Report submittaJs required by the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC), City of Lubbock 10-1 August 1994 M LF Permit Modifications Revised 5 1.2 Definitions This' section provides the definitions for terms used in this SLQCP. "Quality Control" - Actions taken by the FBI L manufacturers and FIVIL contractor to ensure that the geosynthetic materials and workmanship meet the requirement of project plans and specifications. n I " ily Assurance'.' - Actions taken by the Geotechnical Professional Pto assure conformity of the liner system production and installation vVith the Quality Assurance Plan, drawings and specifications. QA is provided by a party i nde pan de n t of installation. "Work" -All tools, aquipm ent, supe sion, labor and material or supplies necessary to complete the project as specified herein and as shown on the plans. " an sy n th eti " - A generic cI a ss ifi oa ti o n given to synthetic (man-made plastic) ) materials used in gaotechnIcal engineedrng applications. Included are flexible membrane lining, g iota ti Ea si ge o n its' g aogirld s, g o oco m po si tas and g aocal I s, 1= o r the City of Lubbock Landfill, g e os n th o tics is used to refer to F M L, geosynthebre cushion, and ga are ti l e . "Flexible Membrane Limn F L : - Essentially an impermeable synthetic material used as are integral part of a lining system, It is sometimes referred to as a g eo m e m bran a, sheet or panel. On this prof a, the F L will consist of a High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) material. k, a ote tf f e'l - A permeable synthetic tewi fe used with soil' rock' sand gravel or an other slm[lar materials as are integral part of the composite lining system, It provides protection to the F L as a geosynthetic Cushion and also serves as a filter 'Interface between two types of so!] Materaafs. City of Lubbock MSWLF Permit Modifications 1 0-2 August 19 94 ReVised rrM anufaoturee' - Firm(s) responsible for the production of 1= AIL and geoto tile from resin, "EarthworkContractor" The firm responsible for subgrade preparatfon and clay liner construction tinder the FML installation. The firm may also be responsible for P I a ci n g prote ctive cove r an d g ra War d rain a g e m ate r i aI s over th a Insfa I led l i n In g system, "FNIL Contractor' - The firm responsible for handling, sto ring, placing, seaming, and other aspects of the installation of the FIVIL, geo ynthctic cushion and ge cte t1 le s as a part of the composite lire i rig system. "Geotechnical Prof . sional," (GP) - Person(s) of f rm(s) authorized by the Owner to manage and oversee the execution of the we rk, The Geotechnical Professional is a fs o ro p o n si h Co for ob se ruing, testing and documenting a ctfvfti es related to liner quality assurance during the installation of the lining system, and for issuing the final report. All completed work is subject to approval of the Geotechnical Professional. "Owner" - The City of Lubbock "Qualified E rig i n ca ri n c n i i a n" � The re pre scnfofive of the ao tech n icai Professional who is IC J C ET - Certified in Geotechnical Engineering Technology at Level 1 or higher, an engineering technician With a Minimum of four years of directly related experience or a graduate engineer/geologist with one year of dirett[y related o padence. "Quality Assurance LahoratThe firm responsible forcon ducking tests on clay line- and gac ynthetic samples token from the site. The laboratory shall he independent of the Owner, Manufacturer, Lining Contractor and any party involved City of Lu b bock 10-3 August 1994 MSWLF Permit Modifications Revised B with the manufacture and/or installation of any of the g eo ay n th eta . "Profect Plans and Snecifications'T - All project related plans and specifications including design modifications and 'kasibuilt" pleas. P rol ect D o cu ro ents" - Al E contracto r a u bm i tta I: , co n stru ction pl an a, ,1 �a_b u l I V p I a ns, con traction specificatlonsT QA plan, safety plan and project schedule. .0 Constructed Clay Urye ir .1 General This section covers the work to construct and test the constructed clay liner. Prior to litter construction, the landfill grad coordinate system should be established in and around the construction area, The markers should be visible to personnel in the construction area (sec Section 6). The minimum constructed clay liner thickness, measured perpendicular to the surface being lined, will be two feet I ncluding the sumps. The surface of the finIshed clay liner should be smooth rolled i th a fl at wh e e I ro IJ er a n d Ise pt M of st p ri c r to In sta I late on of th 9 tl e l ble m am bran e Unar. New liner se ices should be properly tied back into previous liner sections to ensure continuous liner coverage. Fo it a oavati on surfa oc s wIth a sl o pc of 3 H crizo rota! to 1 Vertical (3 H + I ) or flatter, l I n e r co n stru ctl o n may U tl Ca Ze I MS parallel to the surface. For excavation surfaces that have steeper than 3HAV slopes, linings should be placed in successive horizontal soil lifts; however, such lifts must be sufficiently wide to safety accommodate both the a construction equipment and the related placement a n d compaction operatfons,. City of Lubbock MSWLF Permit Modifications 1 0-4 August 1994 Revised 2.2 Prelim [nary SamplInq and Testing Procedures . .1 Imported Natural Preliminary sail sampling and testing W111 be performed on natural clay sails imported to the a landfill before they are used for co n structl on of liners. Additional tests will be performed it the soil characten"stics are variable, Only clayey soils wNch meet the minimum requirdments of a coefficient of p erm ea hd l i f y of no more then 1.0 x 10-11 cm/sec. a liquid limit of no less than 0i a plasticity index of noless than 15, and percent passing No. 200 sieve of no less than 30 will be used for liner n stru ctio n, Composite samples will be obtained by collecting equal volumes of soil from a number of locations ithi n the soil source. If soil characteristics appear to change within the stockpile, one composite sample will be ohtalned from each soil type, Samples will be sealed, labeled~ and delivered to the laboratory for evaluation. The laboratory vVill test each sample for Atterb a rg Limits, percent passing the N o� 40 a n +d 200 sieves, and the moisture -de na ify relationship, The test procedures to be used are A TM D4318, ASTIR D422 and ASTIR[ D 8 respectively. Once the m a i m u rn dry density and the optimum moisture content of the soil samples have been determined, a sample will be compacted to 96 pernt of the maximum compacted dry density at the optimum moisture content, or wetter, as necessary to meet density requirements, A Fading 1 Head permeability test (Appendix VIl of the Corps of Engineer I anUai, E 1110- -19 0' May It 1980, or more current version, Laboratory Soils Testing) will then he performed on thris sample. Constant Head permeability test (ASTMID5084 or EM 1110-211906E Appendix il) may be used a s ;aii a ite rn ati ve. The p e rm e a nt fluid must be tap water or water with City of Luba ock 10-5 August 1994 MSVVLF Permit Modifications Revised a 0.0 5 N solution of GaS0.4. The maximum acceptable coefficient of permeability value shall not he greater than 1..0 x 10-7 cry/sec or less. When a coefficient of I, 0 x 1} cm/sec is achieved, the density value of the compacted sample and It optimum moisture content are considered the m i n i m u m acceptable for checks of that liner material during construction. In no instance it I the a percentage of compacted Standard Proctor Density be less than 95 or the moisture content be less than optimum. 2.2.2 Qn site Soils Enriched with Bentcnate Samples of the raw on Si19 lolls shalt be initially tested in the laboratory for tte rbe rg Limits, particle size analysis, coefficient of Permeability using either failing or constant head tests, and the moisture density re Ia ti o n-sha p using the test methods described above. The b e nto n ite shall be from a source approved by the City of Lubbock, Preliminary laboratory testing of the en ri the d on s i to m ate ria i must begin with the addition of a known percentage of b ento n ite to the raw soil. Two percent, by dry weight, is the recommended additive starting point, with the percentage of bentonite increased as needed to reach the desired coefficient of permeability. Once the material is thoroughly Mixed ith a known percentage of ben to ni to i a sample m u t be tested for Atterberg L i m i ts, Particle ize analysis, coefficient of permeability using either falling or constant head to StS, and the moisture-cfensity relationship. rA mo tore -density relationship (ASTM D 698-78) must be developed fora known percentage of h entc n ite by dry Freight. Once the maximum density and optimum moisture content have been established, a test sample suitable for running of the appropriate parmeiabilaty test stall be prepared at 95 of the mn amum dry density at or above the optimum mci-stars City of Lu Mock August 1994 MSWLF Permit M odiiicati ins Reel,%e d content. After the -sample is preparedr it must he hydrated for a period of 4 to 48 hours with top water prior to testing for the coefficient of permeability. The coefficient of permeability must not be more than 1,0 1 O,7 CM /S 8 C. In addition, the bentonite-enriched material must have a liquid limit of no loss than 30, a plasticity index of no less than 15, and percent passing No, 00 sieve of no less than 30P 2 .3 Sam Pliny and TesIinq for Constructed 1ay U %WI-� E ach sl dewy I I a nd f to o r area m u st be sep a re to Iy eval uated un I o ss the two a r ea are constructed ire a oontInuous monolathicfashion. All soil samples will be visually inspected for compaction planes, permeable zones, poor compaction, or other problems and to determine SoH type. Any diner~ sections not meeting the minim um Standards on the first test will be reworked or replaced and retested, until they do meet the m l n'lm urn standards. All test and sample locations will be i d entifi cd by lift number and landfill grid coordinates on a drawing of the e mnstruction area. l Pensirty and Moisture o n tent For parallel lifts, one test per each 5FOOO square feet, or less, of surface area of lining for each 6 inches of depth (but no less than 3 density tests p er 6 in oh lift), Fc r h c r'i zc n to l I ifts F one to t for each 100 lineal feet for each 12 inches of thickness. The test I o oat on s will be evenly di stri bated across each lift being tested. Any area a ppc ;� rin g to be of questionable quality Wi I I be tested instead of, or in addition to, the area prevfously planned for testing. Test procedures for determining moisture -density relationships in the laboratory a I t1 li z e ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor density). The density obtained in the field must be at least 95 percent of the Standard City of Lubbock 10-7 August 1994 MSWLF Permit M odi ficab on s Revised Proctor value with a Moisture content at or above optimum. Sections of compacted o it finer er h i ch do not pass the density and moisture requirements shall be reworked -and retested until the section in question does pass. All holes created for densIty machine probes shall be backfUled ith a Mixture cf liner material and dry powdered b e nto rya te. 2.3.,2 Saeve Analysis a n d Atterbera. L Im its Bulk samples will be collected for analysis to determine the Atterherg limits and the percent passing the No. 40 and 200 sieves. For parallel lifts, a m i ni m u m of on a to st sarn p le fa r each 100, 0 00 squa re fe et of s urface p er• I ift, or majo r fra efilon thereof, but no less than one test per 6 inch Iift of parallel liner, For horizontal lifts, a rn 1n im urn of one test per 2,000 I i n ea I feet per 1 inches of h o d zo ntal liner, Test procedures to be fol l owed to the laboratory will be ASTM 0422 for Sieve Analysis (+40, +200, and - 00) and A T D4 18, forAtterbarg Limits. The liner oat must have a liquld limit of no less than 30, a plasticity index of no less than 15, and percent passing No. 200 sieve of no less than SOL 2L3,3 Coefficient of Fermeabillt Undisturbed samples of the constructed liner wiff be collected for p'armeabiIlty testing. These samples wIll be collected using a 3-inch or larger diameter sampling device. The void left by the sampling d eVICe ill be ba ckfi I led w1th a mixture of liner material and powdered be nton ite. For parallel I1ftS, a minimum of one test sample for each 100,000 square feet of surface per lift' or major fraction thereof, but no less than one test per inch lift of parallel liner. For ho'•a ontal lifts, a minimum of one test per ,000 lineal feet per 12 inches of horizontal liner, Each sample shall he City of Lubbock 10-8 August 1994 MSVVLF Permit Modiffications Revised tested in the laboratory using a Falling Head procedure (Appendix V1I of the r Corps of Engineers Manual, EM 111- -1906, Laboratory Soils Testing, or m o re re ce ref versa o n) , o r a Co n stant If a ad p ro ced ure (AS TM D 50 84 o r• E M 1110 - i 1 06, Appendix 1 I) . The pe rm ea nt fluid must be top water or water i th a 0-06N solution of GaSO4, The liner coefficient of permeability must not exceed 1 x 10"? cmisac* .14 Thlekness Verifi tion Elevation of grid points taken before and after clay placement with field su rve y in g e qu i p m en# sha 11 be used to d e term i n 9 w n stru cted I i n er th ickn es sT Elevations will be taken at a minimum of one per 5,000 square feet of surface area or major fraction thereof,, If the lined area udder evaluation i le ss th a n 5 , 0 00 sq u a re feet, a M i n i M um of two refe rence p o i rats a re re q Lri reed for verification. Probe holes that disturb finished clay liner may not be used to determine thickness. .4 Construction of Liners U s'rn Imported N atu ra f Cl� � Placement of clay liners shall he performed in accordance with the following 1 T Prior to placement of clay i i n er m ate rla 1, the su h g rad e in the bottom and side wall (3 H o rizo n a l to 1 Vertical slope or fl atter) areas should be brought ithin design Jives and grades and then be scarified to a depth of approxim etefy six arches. All rocks, foreign objects and orgianic material shall be removed. The scaffied soa I s should be recom pa uteri to of !east 135 percent of Standard Proctor density at or above optimum m c i stu re wntent. This re cu m p a cted section is not part of the constructed Ci n e r section. City of Lubbock 10-9 August 1994 M S LF Permit Modifications Revised r . All soN liners must be constructed in compacted layers or lifts using a Maximum loose I'M th ckn es s of eight 'Inches (6-inch nominal Compacted thi kn es s) . Layers m o y be form e d by uti lizi n g eq u ip m en t wh ich a I I spread the m ate ri al as it is dumped, or the layers may be formed by spreadIng or blading from piles or windrows previously dumped from excavating or hauling.equapment in such amounts that the materdal is ever!y distributed. Water used for sprinkling must be clean and shall not have been in contact with solid a ste or other objectionable matter. Water required to bring the m ate ria I to the m 018ture eon to n t n ecessa ry fo r m a iry u m CO m pa OtIon sh o Ua d be spi1i n led evenly at t h e bottom of each 1 ift so as to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout each III. The liner s of I material shall contain n o rocks n r sto n es la rg of th an o no 1 n h or h ave m ore th an 10 pe rcent rock by welght. The maximum clod size will be approximately one inch in diameter. . Ea ch co nstructe d so it I ift, o r lay e r of I i n er, r'r'r u st n of a cee d e 19 ht in Chas of loose depth, and must be compacted to at least 9 8% Stan d iard E r'o o r m a im o m dry density at or above the optimum moisture o n teat. Each rift shall be compacted with a padtta m pa rig -foot or sh e e ps-foot roller. The lift th!ckness shall be controlled so that there is total p netratlo n through the loose iM under compaction into the top of the previously com p acte d lift; therefore, the compacted lift thickness must not be greater than the pod or prong length. This is necessary to achieve adequate bonding between tiffs and re d o ce seepage p iath ways. Adequate cleaning devices must be in place and maintained on the compactlon roller so that the o r pad prongs feet do not become clogged with clay soils to the point that they cannot achieve full p en c tr atlaon during i n a ti a i compaction. The footed roller is necessary to achieve bonding and to reduce the Mdividual clods and achieve a blending of the so -If matrix through 'its kneading action. In addition to the kneading action, weight of the compaction equipment is City of Lubbock 10-10 August 1994 MSWLF Permit Modifications Revised Important. When using ASTM D6 98 (Standard Proctor) density, the rnini'mum weight of the compactor should be 1500 pounds per ilnaar foot of drum length, and a M inimurn of eight passes is recommended for the compact -Ion process. . . Construction of Liners Using On Site Soils Enrched with Bontorrita U ne r co n stru cta on rn ay uti li za o n site a of I s end the d with b on to n ito . Bento n Ite s h a 11 be added to the on site solls i n a p ug m it I or equivalent operation to ensure continuous supply of quality liner matedaJ. A general guldeffne for placement of the soil admixture is discussed below. I. Prior to placement of clay liner material, the subgrade in the bottom and side aIl �3 H ofton a I to 1 Vertical slope or latter) areas should be brought within design lines and grades and then be scarified to a depth of approximately six inches. All rocks, foreign objects and organic Material shall be removed. The Scarified soils should he re co m p anted to at toast 95 p orcont of Ste n da rd Proctor dare si ty at or a b oe Opts m u m m oa aturo 0o n teat,, This recompacted section is not part of the constructed liner section. , All soil liners most be constructed in compacted layers or lifts is using a maximum loose Oft thickness of ofght Inches (6-Inch nominal compacted thickness). Layers may be formed by utlli ing equipment which will spread the material as 'rt is d u m p ad, or the layers may be formed by p re ad in g or bi ad i n g from plies or windrows previously dumped from excavating or f h ao I i ng equipment in such amounts that the material is evenly distributed,. Water used for sprinkling must be clean and shall not have been in contact with solid waste or other objectionable matter. Water r required to bring the mate n"aI to the moisture content necessary for m a Jmum companticn shcuid be sp ra n kl od evenly at the bottom of each lift so as to a ch i avo a uniform City of Liu bbock 10-11 August 1994 M WLF Permit Modifications Revised moisture content throughout each lift. The liner soil material shall oo nta i n no rocks or stones larger than one 'Inch or have more than 10 percent rock by Freight. The maximum clod size will he approximately one inch in diameter.. The loll admixture shall be compacted with a pad/tamping foot or sheep - foot roller to a minimum density of 95% of the Standard Proctor maximum dry density established in the laboratory at or above optimum moisture content. The admixed Soil should be laid and compacted in layers not e caodfng six inches in th lick joss. .0 Elexible Membrane Lining (F M L) General This Section covers the work necessary to construct and test the a flexible membrane E1ning (FML) system, which will consist of a 60 mil High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) material. The overall objective is to provide an o f'oota ve lining system at the completion of the work, 3.2 S ubm ittal Th o C o retractor sh a 1 I su h m it written oe rti i ca ti o n by the I In is g M a n ufa to re r the a t the lining materials conform to the requirements of the LQ P' are Similar and of same formulation as that for which certification is submitted; and has been demonstrated by actual usage to be satisfactory for the inta nod e d application. The- lining Manufacturer and the Contractor, each shall submit a complete description of its quality control p rog ra R a S 8 PP I i oa bl o, for manufacturing, handling, in ta[Jing, tasting, repai ng and providing a completed lining in accordance with requirements of the SLQCP,. The description shall include, but not be lire ite d to, p o ly m e r re s i n su PP I fer, pro du ct -1 d enti tioa ti on, accepts n ce testi n g fabrication and production testing, Installation testing, documentation of changes, City of Lubbock 10-12 August 1994 ,9 LF Permit Mod1 f cati ores Revised a lte ra tfo n s and repairs, retests and acceptance. The Contractor shall submit installation drawings, d escrfpti o n df installation procedures, and a schedule for performing/completing the Work. Installation drawings shall show a lining sheet layout ath proposed size, number, position, and sequence of placing of all sheets and indleating the location of all field Seam& Installation drawfngs shall also show complete details a ridlo r methods for a n ch ors rig the lint f ng at its perimeter, making field seams, and making anchorstseels to pipes and structur eSL The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer samples of lining material(s) and field seams prior to start of construction. The Contractor shall subMit SIX(6) 8 inches x 10 inches samples of dining material(s) and six (6) Samples of field sears, The field warn samples shall he �. fa b d sated by the C ontractor u si n g th a sa m e m ate ra al s, equipment and procedures for the lining, Samples shall measure 1inches plus seem width in width and 1:5 lashes in length. The samples shall he numbered and dated. The Contractor shall submit a complete des trip tfo n of welding procedures for making field seams and repairs. The welding procedures shall conform to the latest procedures recommended by the lining Manufacturer and to the SLQCP. The Contractior shall submit for approval by the Engineer certification that the surface(s) on which the lining will be p laced as acceptable. Installation of the lining shall not core m e nca until this certi l Cat, on is furnished to the Engineer. The lining Manufacturer shall furrrfsh a written fIrlirig material warranty on a prorato basis for a period of 20 years. The warranty shall be against manufacturing defects or workmanship and against deterioration due to ozone, uItravaoIet or other City of Lubbock t 0-13 August 1994 S WLF Permit M a difications Revised normal weather aging. The warranty shall be limited to replacement of material only, and shall not cover installation of said mateftl. It shal[ not cover damage due to vndafasm, acts of anima[s or unusual acts of God. The Gontractor shall fern sty a written guarantee that the entire I In i ng work con stru cte d by h 'I'm to be fre a of d efects in m ate ri al an d workm a n S h! p a nd i n Sta Ile d pursuant to the SLQCP for a pie rio d of two (2) years following the date of acceptelince of the Work by t h e Engineer. D u rfng the 23rd month, a pro -guarantee expiration i ns pe ctlon will be conducted to identify any necessary repair work covered by the guarantee. The Contractor shall agree to make any repairs or rep [a ce m e n is m ad a ne ces sary by defe cts i n rn ate rl al s or workm a n ship lrn th a Wo rk whi ch b e co m e ev1de I with i n s a i d g u ara me a peri od . Th $ C ontra ctor sh a] I m a ke repairs and/or replacements promptly, the Owner may do so, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the cost of such repairs and/or replacements. '3.3 QA-Wity Assurance Prior to start of work, the lining Manufacturer and the Contractor, each, shall submit for approval by the Gootechnical Professional documented evidence of its a bi I [ty and capacity to p erf o r tit is Work. Each shall have successfully manufactured andlor installed a minimum of two (2) million square feet of similar lining material. in S0141d waste containment structures. The Contractor can meet these cr[te ri a by teaming with a subcontractor who Is i d enfif ie d in the bid along with the firm's exiled a nce. The Gontractor shall submit the name and qualificaflons of Its project superintendent that will be on the project whenever lining m ater vials are being hand[edli stalled plus the names and qualifications of senior installation personnel on the protect. City of Lubbock 10-14 August 1994 MSWLF Permit M odi fi of 1 o ns Revised The Quality Control Plan(s) to be 'Implemented for the Work by the lining a n ufacturer and the C nntractor sha1I be in accordance with applf bis paragraphs of the SLQCP,, The Manufacturer shall provide on -site technical sup er vi s Io n and ass rsta n ce at all times during installation of the fining system. The Manufacturer and Contractor, as applicable to each, shall submit for approval by the GeotechnicaJ Professional written certification that the I Crying system was Installed In accordance WIth the M an ufa cturees reco rrrm endataon, the S LQ C Pp praj act speefficat! ons ared dra ings and approved Submittals. The GeotechnIcal P rofe s i o n al Sri f I initiate a pre -installation meeting with the Manufacturer and Contractor prior to installation of the lining system. Topics for review/discus ion shalf nclud8, as a minimum, project plans and specitivatfons' approved submittals, tsar ar and qualification procedures for- Contractor personnel and demonstration of making a geld welded Seam (s) including peal and shear tests. Prior to installation of the lining system, the Contractorshall instruct the workman of the hazards of installation, such as h a nd l Ing sheets of l 1n i n g material in Nigh h i n d s r use of eq uj p m s rat; ap pI i cati o n of so lve nts F adhesives and caulks; and ial i n g on Ci n i ng surfaces. Work gloves, safety glasses, hard hats, and smooth - soled shoes are minimum safety wear requirements when working on the f` f L. Safety shoes must be worn when handling heavy objects. Th c� Geotechnical Professional shall have authority to crd e r an im m cd f atc stoppage of work because of improper a n eta I lat cn procedures, safety Infractions, or for any reason whfoh may result in s defective 11n s r. City of Lubbock 10.15 August 1994 M WLF Permit Mod i frcafl o [is Revised .4 Delive Story a and Handllr� The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Geotechnical Professional a m ethod(s) for handiing end storiage of lining material(s) which have beers dasivered to the project site.. These m iato rials shall be stored in accordance i th the Manufacturerjs rece m m a nd aflon . La n i ng m ate ria is de I were d to the site shall be In s p e ted for damage, un fee de d, and stored with a minimum of h and! i ng . Materials shall not be stored directly on the ground, The storage area shall he such that all materials are protected from mud, soil, dirt and debris. The starring of lining shall not be higher than two roils. Under no c1rcumstances shall the Iirtiing be subjected to materials, sandbags, equipment or other items hying dragged across its surface. Nor shall workmen and others slide down slope$ atop the lining. All scuffed surfaces resulting from abuse of any kind caused by the Contractor1n performance of the Workshall he repaired at the Geatechnical Professional's d ireot fo n, Th e C o ntmotor s ha I I b e co m pleteiy re Spo ns ib le fo r shj pp In g, storag e, ha nd it rig, and installation of all lining materials in compliance with the SLQCP. 3.5 Products The High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) lining materials shall be new, first quality p ro d ucts de slg n ed a n d m an ufa ctu re d spe cifica I ly fo r fh a pu rpo se s of the Wo rk an d shall have sati sfa cto rH y demonstrated by prier use to be suitable and durable for such purposes. The flexible membrane shall be an unmodified MD PE containing no Plasticizers, fillers, chemical additives, reclaimed polymers, or extenders. For u ltravio l e t resistance, the FM L material shall contain not less than 2.0 percent carbon black as determ fined by ABTA 0 1601 The only ether oompound L ingred[ents to he added to the F L resin shall be anti-o ldanis and heat stabilizer City of Lu bbo i* 10-16 August 1994 M SWLF Permit M odiffcaLions Revised required 'fior manufactuNn . The FAIL shall be supplied as a single ply continuous sheet with 110 faCtOry seams and 'in rolls with a minimum width of 15 FT. The roll length shall be M a im ized to provide the largest manageable sheet for the fewest fieid seams. The FML lining Maten"als shall be as manufactured by Gundle Lining sty Inc., Houston, Texas; Poly -America, Inc., rand P ra i d e, Texa • Niational Seal Company, Galesburg, Illrncis; LT North America, Inc. �r�r�c Texas, a , or approved equal.. Pri or to U s e, th e F M L m ate d a1 a aha 11 be cer t 1 ie d In writi n g by the Ma n ufacf u rer to m ref the m in i m um t p i oaf phy ai cal P rc Pe rty Va l u as d e scri bed i n Tab le A. Al ternate manufacturer's brands with slightly different phys]"cal properties may be approved by the ecfa ni l P rufe a i o n ai. The certificate should include roll i d e n tiff cat, o n number, testing . procedure and test results. Test results are r e ua r ed for every 5o,000 ft, of i= ILL shipped to site. TABLE A H DPE PROPERTIES City of Lubbock 10-17 A� �u st 1994 M S L.F Permit M odifirafion s �Revised Tensile Properties (Each Direction) 1. Tensile Strength At Break (lbFin width) At Y' eld (I bin Width) 2. Elongation At Break (Percent) At Yield (Percent) Tear Resistance (Ibs Fru" n) Puncture Resistance (lbs. girt) Low Temperature ri#tlenees (br-) Dime nylon e [ Stability (Each Direction, change max) Resistance to SO S u ri al (Max change, o rig In el Value) 1. Tens i le Strength At Break & Yield 2.. E long abon ! At Bread & Yield Environmental Stress Crack (Ull n Hm) Water Absorption Max % wt change) Coefficient of Lire e a r Thermal Expansion (crn/crnO ) Hydrostatic Resistance (psD M OTStn re Ve p or Tra ns mission Max. (gim, day) I ndex F riction � Bonded Seam Strerqth. V bfi n) Peel Ad hesi o n Fusion (Ibfin) Extrusion (I rn) *FilTea r Eond sm co 4-i1 / ASTM D 838 Type IV Spec1rnen Dumb bell @ 2 iprn 8 132 132 132 750 200 12 1 ASTM D 1004 45 45 FTM Sbd 1010 108 108 Method 2065 ASTM D 74 B -60 Procedure U ATM D 1204 2 12 1 00"C 1 HIS ASTM D 3033 baling ASTM D 638 'hype IV SpecImen Q 2 ipm ;L 10 10 f 10 10 ASTIR D 1693 0 0 200 Dondi#io o C (1001C) ASTIR D 570 0.1 ASTM D 696 2x104 2x10' ASTIR a 751 400 350 Method A-1 ASTM E 96 0.02 1D, 0 ASTM D 4437 132, FT8* (less than 10 Into seam) ASTM D 4437 90(FTB") 90(F:TB&) 78(FTB') 78 (FTE�') City of Lubbock 10-18 August 1994 MSVVLF Permit Modifications Revised In addition to the manufacturer's quality control certificates, samples of the delivered rolls of geomem brans will be obtained for confarmanc' a testing. Upon delivery of the rolls of g eo rnem brave' the test samples sh a I i be obtained for conformance testing in accordiance with the schedule in Ta b l e E or as specified in the construction specifications for the project, , if greater. TABLE E e ome cobrarye Conformance Test Schedule TESL' METHOD FREQUENCY Thickness ATM D 751 /15 93 Leading edge of each geo membr an a rnlf ��# f �� #I� � n 1 test ��r 100,000 fF with not less then one per resin Cot M intro urn of 4 tests requ i red . Carbon black content ATl� 1 Carbon black dispersion AS TM D 3015 Tensile P ru peri es ATM D 638 Puncture resistance ATM 0 4833 Tear resistance AST +! D 1004 Extrusion re i n used for fusion welding w1th extra date to make field seams between F L sheets and for repairs shall be H D P E produced from and th e s am e as the H D E sheet resin. Physical properties shall be same as H DPE lining sleets, 3.6 Installation Procedures Prior to installation of the FIVIL, ig site inspection will be conducted by the note Cl n i C@ I P rofe ss i o n as a nd t l e C o ntra ctnr to verify M e a s u rem a refs a stru ntur e s and surface conditions to suppoil the FIVIL. Cif of Lubbock 10-19 August 1994 S LF Permit M odi ricat« ns Revised -TIC e C c ntra ctor wl I I p rn vi d e wr1tten do cu m e n tati o n to th e G e otech n ical Pro f e ssi on al that surfaces s to receive ive the F Lt have been inspected � ecte d and are acceptable . � for Installation of the iinl ng . All earth subgrade surfaces will be maintained ivn a smooth, uniform* and compacted condition du ri i-i g i n stal i etio n of the lining. Excessive cracking (defined as cracks of a least 1 " in depth and at least 1' in length) of the surfaces will be repaired as directed by the Geotechniveal Prafaasi c na I . Immediately pd or to installation of the lining, any erosion or other- damage to the sub grad a which has o u rred since completion of e e rth work will ba corrected. Adequate drainage of the spa bg ra d e will be provided and maintained until 'installation of the lining is Completed. No vehicles Will be permitted to travel the completed sub g rade . Before the work begins, the Contractor will `inspect a I l lining materials for damage from tr'a n it. Materials that cannot be repaired will be rejected and removed from the work area and site. During unwrapping of lining materials for use and placement, the Contractor i f i visually inspect all materials, partinulerly surfaces of lining sheets, for imperfectlan and faulty areas. All such defective places will be marked and repaired in accordance with approved methods. The F L will be installed as shown on the project plans and approved installation drawings. Placement of the FIVIL will be done such that good fit, without bridging, i s p rovi de d o n a] I co very a n d g rad a ch ang es. E ces live la ck wl' I I b e avo id ed to menu ize rippling during the soil cover operation. Sheets of F L materials will be of such lengths and widft and will be placed in such a manner as to reduce field seaming to a minimum. The lining will be anchored In accordance with details sh own on approved plans and drawings. The City of Lubbock 10-20 August 1994 lit LF Permit Jodi (cations Revised lining will he anchored and sealed to tructure T pipes and other types of Penetrations, (If any), In accordance with details shown on approved plans a n d drawings. All charges in approved installation diraWings and procedures must be approved by the Geotechnicall Professional. Extreme care Will he taken during installation of the Jiving to be certain no damage as done to any part of the lining. Dragg'Jng of the FML material an the subgrade fl l be avoided, Smoking by installation personnel will be prohibited. All handling and installation procedures will he pe rfo rm e d by workers wearling shoes with smooth so f e s. Shoes with soles that have patterns in relief shall be prohibited. No foot traffic SriII he allowed on the FML except with approved shoes.. No veh icul ar traffic wil I b e x 11 owed o n the I i nfng. Al I rn oto r dri ve n e q u i pm ent o sIng fu el will have spiry arrestors, No gasoline d d ve n generators or cans of gas or solvent will be placed darootly on the lining maten-iai+ Undarno circumstances will the lining be used as a work area to prepare patches or to store tools and supplies. If needed, a tarpaulin of approved materfaI will be spread out as a wary area. During installation, the Contractor will be responsible for protecting the lining against adverse affects of h f g h Winds such as uplift., Sand begs Will be used as requjred to hoId the lining maternal ire position during in stallaficin. Sand bags will he cuff ci entl y cl os a -knit to p re of u de fin es fro mi working thrc u g h th a bottom , s id es or seams. Paper hags, whether or not lined with plastic, will not he permitted. Burlap bags, if used, must he lined Wirth pf a stir. Bags will contain not less than 40, nor more than 60 pounds of sand having 100 percent passing a number 8 screen and will he tied closed after filling, using only plactisVies. Bags that are split, torn or otherwise losing their contents will be immediately removed from the work area and any spills immediately cleaned up, Fetal or wire ties will not be used. The FML materiel will not be installed under adverse clfmatirccordffions, unless the ontractarcan demonstrate that His installation techniques adequately compensate City of E'Ubhock 10, 1 August 1994 for such adverse Cond'it[ons and quality of workmanship is not compromised. Adverse climatic conditions occur when the air temperature measured 6 inches above the FILL surface is less than "F and decreasing, or more than 900 F; when th a re I ative h u m I d1ty is m ore ter a n 8 0 p ercent; whe n i t is ra i n! n g; o r wh en th ere a frost on the ground, or during conditions of excessive i nd s, FM L field seams will be lap scams a s sh own on approved plans and drawings, The lap seams will be formed by lapping the edges of FML sheets a minimum of 4 'Inches. The contact surfaces of the sheets i I! be wiped clean' l e a r� to remove dirt, dust, moisture, and other foreign materials. For fillet weld seams, b eve I edge of F L and clean o f da do n from SUtFaCe S tO receive a cru da to by disk grinding or equivalent not more than one hour before seaming, Lap seam interne ions invo[vfng more then 3 thicknesses of lining material will be avoided, and all seem intersectionsWHI be offset at least 2 FT. No horizontal field seems il[ be allowed on the slope and sheets of lining material on the slopes will extend down slope out onto bottom a minimum of 5 FT from Joe of slope. Field seams between sheets of FILL material will be made using approved fusion welding systems, equipment and techniques+ Approved fusion welding systems include fillet weld using a trudate, lap weld using a trudate, and lap weld using single or double wedge welder. If the wedge welder is used' the free edge of the s eam of th a top shy eet wi If be re m oved WIth out affeoUng the e i n teg ri ty of th a sea m Any neces a ry repairs to the FM L Will be madawith the Iining mate ri@I its aIfr uSfng approved fusion welding systems, equipment and techniques. The patch size rl be 4 inches larger i n all d Erect i ors s than the a area to be patched. l i corners of the patchy will be rounded with a 1 inch Minimum radius. Cary of Lubb ock 10-22 August 1994 M SL F Perm -it M odaficaf t ns Revised All seems and seals of the FIVL will be tightly bonded on core pletOn of the work. Any lining surface showing injury due to scuffing or penetration by foreign objects or showing distress will be replaced or repaired as directed by the a Geotechnfcal Professional. Cleanup withIn the a work area will be an ongoing res po n i b [I i ty of the Contractor. Particular care will be taken to insure the at no trash, tools, and other unwanted materials are trapped beneath the Uning. Care wail be taken to insure that all scraps of lining m ate ri a l are removed from the work area p d o r to Completion of the installation. 31 Field Q ua I [ty _ o ntroi n spa cti on a n d to sti n g wi I i involve th a fu I I ti m e o ba swat'lo n of th a i ns to I la ti o n of the Fib L, including the making and testing of lining seiams and patches and period'ic �measurement of the liner material thickness to insure compliance. Te st seams wilI be made to verify that adequate co rid it! on s exist for field seamlrig to proceed. Each seamer will produce a test seam of the beg[nning of each shaft to determine the peel and ton ile strength of the seam, The Geotechnical Professional may require a sample field seam be made at any time during e am i n g production to ver'IN e q u i pm entlope rater performance and seem integrity. In addition, if a se am In g operation has been suspended for more than n V2 Dour or if a breakdown of the seeming equipment occurs, a test warn will he produced prior to resumption of seaming operations. During the field seeming operation, representative, non-destructive samples will be made for field seams by the Contractor, Thew samples i[I be made of the same H D P E sheet and fusion weld materials using the a same installation procedures as the F M L ire sta Cl ati on itself. Samples ill have a width of 12 inches plus the seam City of Lubbock 1 0- 3 August 1994 MSWLF Permit Modifications Revised fwidth and length of 36 [nehe . A minimum of one sample per crew each morning and each aftemoon1 will be made. All field seems will have a film tear bond in peel and shear and a minimum pounds per inch wlpdth seam strength in shear when tested as sp ec1� ed i t If*i ti onS.Sample testing Will he conducted by an independent testing eigency paid for by the Owner. The independent testIn agency will save all tort samples Including speamens tested until notifjed by the eotech n icn I Professional relative to their disposal., I l sp a ci m an s which have failed under test will he shI pp e d immediately by express delivery to the Geotechnical Professional for determination of corrective measures to be taken. During the field seaming operation:, destructive samples wIll be removed from field seams by the Contractor at locations selected by the Geotechnical Professional. Repairs to the field seats *ill be made in accordance with repair procedures sp ecifi ed i n th es e S p e CIti cat! on s. A m in [m um of o ne stratafie d Sam p!e p e r 5 00 fe et of field seam will be made. All field seams will have a film teat` bond in peel and i shear and a minimum pound per inch w1dth seam strength in shear when tested as specified in the LO � . A �f i i ent amount of the seam must be removed in order to conduct field testing, independent laboratory testing, and archiving of e no ug h m ated al In a rde r to rete st th rr se a m wh erg rye nes sa ry. 1= i al d to sti ng sh al include at least two peel tests (four when possible for testing both tracks on dual - track fusion welded seams) . Independent laboratory testing shall consist of five s hisa r tests and five peel tests (ten when possIble for both tracks of dual4rack fusion welded seams).. Destructive seam -testing locations shall he cap -stripped and the cap completely seamed by extrusion weldIng to the FM L. Capped s ecti ens shall b e no n-cle strn ctive I y to ste d. Add lti a na I b est r u ctive test sa m p f e S m a be token if deemed necessary by the Geotachnical Professional or h i s representative. All field-tested samples from ran a destructive -test location must he passing i n both shear and peel for the seen to be considered as passing. The Independent MY of Lubbock 10-24 August 1 N4 MGWLF Permit M odifica#ians Revised laboratory testing must confiTm these field results. The passing criterion for Independent laboratory testing is that four of five samples must pass i n shear a n d four of five must pass in peel (four of five samples from each dual track fusion welded seem, when possible to test each seam, must be passing) before the seam is considered as passing,, The manufacturers sheet -strength values must be provided. The independent testing agency W11 save all test samples including specimens tested until notified by the e ote h n i ua f Professional relative to their disposal. All spec4mens which have failed under test will be h"piled lr�mediately b express d el ivery to th a G eote chtin i cal P rofes sio n al #o r determ i n atio n of co rre ctive m ea s u res to be taken. All specimens tested of field weld sample by the independent Wsting agency will pass. If any specimen fa R S, the entire sample will be con sI d a red as a fa llure, and the fi a [d weld i [I be rejected. In this event, the field seam(s) i [l be rejected as nonith the SLQCP and corrective measures wipli be implemented,, For nondestructive samples which have failed, correctIve measures Will include a rerun of the weld test using the same sample. If the a second test passes, the e ote ch n i ca F Professional m ay assum c a n erro r wa s rri ad a In #b a fi rst test and th e field e a m accepted, If the second test fa ll s � the Contractor will cap all field seems re prey erg teed by th a fa [l ed sa m ill a a nd a n ew to st sam p] a su bm a tte d fo r rete St. The decision of the Geotechnical Professional will be final, For d estru dive sam P I e s whi ch have fa it ed, CO rre ctive m a as u res wl I I in 01 ud e a re run of the weld test using the same sample. If the second test passes, the eotechni a] Professional may assume an error was made in the first test and the fe[d seam accepted. If the second testfalfsr the Contractor will reconstruct all the fl el d seams between any two previous passed seam locations h i include the City of Lubbock MSWLF Permit M od lffi c4 ons 10-25 August 1994 R ev [sed failed sears or will go on both sides of the failed seam location (10 feet minima )a tale another sample each side and test both, If both pass, the Contractor will re co nstruct the a fie Id se am b etwe e n thti a two I o catlon s. I f elthe r fall s, th e G o n tra otu r will repeat the a process of taking samples for test. In a I I cis e:s acceptabfe field seams must be hounded by two passed test locations. The decision of the ry otech n i cal Professional i I I be final, In the event capping of a field s ea rn is required, the Contractor will Use a cover strap of the same thickness as the lining (and from the same r of l if avail a h l and of 8 inches min mum width,, It will be positioned over the center of the field seam and welded to the lining using a fillet weld each side. All i` M L sheets, seams, anchor's, seals, and repair's will be visuallyinspected b the Contractor for defects. to a diditi ors, all seams a n d repairs Will be further checked by a metal probe. Depending on seam a ld ire gequipment used, all seams and repairs will be tested by a vacuum testing device, a spark testing device and/or air pressure. visual inspection of the liming sheets, seams, anchors and seals will he made b the Contractor as the installation progresses and again on completion of the installation. Defective and questionable areas will be clearly marked and realr ed. F rn a l approval of repairs all be given by the Geotechnical Professional. The Conlractor wul run a metal probe, such as a dull -pointed lee pick, along the length of a l I seams and repairs to Insure that the seam is Continuous and absent of leak paths. Defects will be clearly marked and repaired. If the fillet weld, extrusion lap weld or -single hOt-wedge fusion lap weld is used to weld seams, the Contractor Will further test ;all seams and repairs in the e FM Lb vacuum box. Alf vacuum box testing will be done a in the presence of the City of Lubbock 10- 6 August 1994 MSWLF Permit Modificafloris Revised e ote hn i ca I Professional. The area to be tested will be cleaned of all dust, debris, dirt and other for -sign matter, A soap solution will be applied to the test area with a print roller and the vacuum of 10 Inches Meru (Hg) will be indticed and held at least tan seconds to mark for rap as r any sus . pi ci ous areas ias evidenced by bubbles in the a soap solufLon. If the fiI I et weld is used to weld seams, the Contractor will further test all seams a rr d repairs in the F IVI L by us In g a high voltage spark detector, The s ettfn g of the detector will be 203000 Volta- In order to conduct this test, all, warns to be tested will be provided with not less than gauge 4- 0 oopp e r wires properly am h added in the seems and grounded. All spark to sting will be done in the presence of the o e otechn ice I Professional. All defective areas will be marked for repair. 1f the double hot -wedge is used, the Contractor will further test all seams in the i~ILL by using the air pressure test which consists of [inserting a needle with gauge in the air pace between welds. Air Will be pumped into apace to 30 psi and held for 5 minute . If pressure m a intaIns. 6- 0 psi, seam i acceptable. If pressure drops, the outside o I d edge will be sprayed with a soap solution and v1s u a! Iy examined for h u b hi o-s, If no bubbles a p p ea rx the problem Is with the a rnsi da weld and the sea is aooiapteble. If any hwhhles appear, the d efect wiir he rep asred by extrusion a Id i n g and tested by vacuum box. All costs of retesting of the FIVIL including reruns of field weld tests and all repairs will be at the o ntra o �s expense., The,Contractor will rota l n res p orns id i I ity for the late gnty of the 1= L system until acceptance by the GeotechnIcal Professional.. The F M L will be accepted by the eotechnioal Professional wham a) Written certificatlon aette including "as huiW' dra ings, have been received by the Geotechnical Professional. UY of Lubbock 10-27 Aup-st 1994 MSVVLF Permit M a dificatfo ns Revised b) Installation is completed. 0) Documentation of completed installation, including all reports, is complete, d) Verification of adequacy of field seams and repairs, including associated testing, IS complete.. Acre p tarp oe of the C10 M p iete d wo rk Vil I i nclu d e receipt of a lJ s o bm i ttal s o n d a I I wo rig completed to the Satisfaction of the Geatechnical Professional. 4.O Le a ob ate CollecHon Svstem A Jeaohate collection system (LCS) will be placed above the Flexible Membrane Liner. In the floor area, the LCS will consist of a minimum 1-foat thick continuous granular drainage layer With embedded leachate collection pipes in the sump and pipe tran h areas. The I ea ohate collection pipes will consist of six Inch diameter pipe with IJ2 inch diameter holes on six Inch centers. To avoid piping losses into the collection pipe, the granular drainage layer stall consist of rounded, river -run gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM C-33for coarse aggregate. Crushed material will not be acceptable. The gravel should meet the gradation requirements of Size Not 67 (Nominal sa ze 314 inch to N of 4) o r ooa r er. I n a d di tic n i th a g ra ve I Wil I have a perm a e bi I ity of I 10' cm Is ec or g renter an d the pe rcent of ca lclu m carbo rate by we ig ht wi 11 not exce e d 15 percent, A I -oun a non- ove'n geote tile CUstion (Nlcolon S 1 00 orequivaIent) wiII be placed between the FM L and drainage layer. A m1normum 6-ounce non -woven geete the filter (Nicolon S Series or equivalent) will be placed between the drainage layer and the protective cover discussed in Section 5.0. The geotextile materials Waill be hand placed. The d ra in iae layer material will be placed in small e g rn ant Starting ting from the perimeter, fo lJ owed by the upper ge o text i le and protective cover. This operation sh o u id contintie across the lined area. Placement of granufar drainage materials over FML's will generally not proceed at ambient temperatures below "F or above 104"F, but should be conducted at the coolest part of the day to mfnimJze the development of wrinkles or folding of the geosynthetic materials, A minimum of one foot of material is required City of Lubbock MSVVLF Permit M adffic;afions 10-28 August 1994 Revised between low ground pressure dozers (Le, track pressers fens than 5 psi) and the geom embrane+ Greater material thickness must be maintained above the geomembrane to support heavier spreading equipment and hauling vehicles. In such cases, a m[n]" um of 2 feet of drainage material thIckness Will he used unless otherwise p ecifi ed In the d es fg u, The p I a ce m e rat of the LCS will be controlled to avoid damage to the ii ne r, however, the drainage layer does not need to be density controlled. ra n u iar d re i na g e m ate r a a Is wi I I be s e I e cted to m eet the Spe Cif Ca tEo ns d escri b ed a b ova, At I ea st o n e set Of pyre -00 nst rustic n to sts wi El h e con d ucte d for ea Ch d ra i n ag e m ed is from each proposed source. Gravel and sand sources Will include a co m p le to grain -size analysis, including Minus No. 200 Sieve, by ASTM D 422. Hydraulic conductivl may be correlated from the grain -size distribution to determine the gravel's or Band's suitability. Granular drainage materials selected fc r use wIl I be tested at regular intervals for conformance during construction. Minimum testing frequency will be one grain-size analysis for every 3,000 cubic yards, or portion thereof, for each material being used, �. T u i re d th iclkn es s of drainage materials Will be verified sure methods on an established grid system with n o f less than one ve rif ica don point per 5,000 square feet of surface area,. The g e ote to e m ate r'fa I s Vill include a 1-ou n e cushion on top of the F L and a minimum 6-ounce filter fabric on top of the granular drainage layer. Both fabrics WHI be non -woven materials meeting the requirements described in Table C. Manufacturer's ce rUffie to of M a teri ai s a n d p e dorm a n ce chi ra cferi stirs will be o hta in ed an d d ou m e me d for every 10 0, 00 0 ft� of m ate d al delivered to the site. CityC[ty of Lubbock `I 0-29 August 1994 MSWLF Permit Mod i fi eatfen s Revised TABLE EOTE TILE PROPERTIES Properly 'hest Method Test Value Fifter Cushion Fabric Weight (azlyd� ASTM 3776 8 oz. 12 oz, Thickness (mils) ASTM D1 l77 135 185 Grab Tensile Strength (ibs)(MflrcQ), ASTM D4632 190I205 425I455 Grab Elongation (°k}(MDfCD)' ASTM 04632 60l84 60f90 Puncture Resistance (Ibs) ASTM D4833 130 245 PerneabiJity (cm/sec) ASTM D 4491 0.57 4.43 1. M DIC D = MD - Machine V re on/CCU - Cross Direction In addition to the manufacturei's quality n fro l cerrificates, samples of the delivered rolls of geotext'lles will be obfa i rie d for conformance to sfing., Upon delivery of the rolls of g a ote til a s.1 th a test sa m p I es wi I I b e c Main e d for confo rrn a rice test! ng j n accord a n ce with Table D or as specified in the construction specifications for the project, if greater, U Y � vv 'L � 1 x 1� Its' of Lubbock 10-30 August 1994 MSWL F Permit Mod Iff caUc ns Revised 0 TABLE D PEOTEXTILES ONFOR #ANCE TEST SCHEDULE TEST METHOD FREQUENCY Th ick tress ASTM D 1777 Leading edge of each eate tiEe roll Fabric Weight ASTNI D 3776 -5le, Not less than I test per 1 0 � ,oDO Minimum of 4 tests required. rab Tensile Strength ATIVI D 4632 Grab Elongation TIVI D 4632 Puncture Resistance ASTIR D 4833 permeability ASTASTM D 449 0 n the Ea ndfil Is i d e wa I I s' th a LC S wi1 I consist of a h eat too nde d H 1) P E g eon 9tIg eotext I e drainage composite (geocomposite) hared paced on the FIVIL. The geote tife WIII be bonded on both sides of the geonet. Geonets WIII conform to the material and I'performance pr a rt i e s described in Table E below. Manufacturer's certificates of material and performance characteristics will be obtained and documented for every 403000 fe of material delivered to the site,. City of Lubbock 10-31 August 1994 MSWLF Permit M obi fl cati o ns Revised 0 TABLE E EO N ET PROPERTIES Property rl Test Method Test Vale Thickness (mils) AST![ D 751 200 � Mass per Unit Area (Ib/W) ASTNI Q 3778 (Option C) 0,96 Polyethylene Content (%) -- 95 Density (black resin)(glr,c) AS7M D 1505 0.940 Caron Black Content ASTM D 1603 2.0 to 3.0 Meld Index (g/1 Q min.) ASTM D 1238 (Condition 1901216) 1.0 Tensile Strength (machine dire ciionj(lblin) ASTM Q 1682 4D iransmissiviiy (m2lsec) AST D 4716 1 x 10-3 In addition to the manufacturer's quality control cartificates, samples of the delivered rolls of ge on et wi ii be o bta in ed f o r conf o rm a n ce to sting T U p on d el wary of th a rya [Is of g eo ne t, the tot a m lei es will be obtained for conformance testing in accordance with Table F or as specified its the constructfon specifications for the prof ecta if greater. Gity of Lubbock 10-32 August 19194 MSWLF Permit Moth fi catl o ns Revised TABLE F k EO N ET CONFORMANCE TEST SCHEDULE TEST M ETH O D FREQUENCY Thickness A TIVI D 751 Leading edge of each g a oco m p cite roll Maas per unit area A TI I D 3776 Not less then 1 test per '� 00,000 R12With not less than one per resin lot. MInIMUM of 4 tests required. Carbon b [ac1� content DTI D �1 0 Ten i [e Strength A TM 1682 `brans MIS IVIty ASTIV D 4 716 The g eote tine on both sides of the geonet will be a min Morn G-ounce non -woven material m acting the physical pro per-t[es and conformance testing described in Tables D and E above. Protective cover will be carefully spread an top of the ge a co m po site to avoid damage to the liner system. 5,0 Protege Cover A m i n i m u m 1-foot thick p rota ctIve cover i n the fioo r area and ,a minimum -foot thick protective cover on the aide walls will be placed above the LGS. The protective cover may use gravels and sian ds with a USCS clan sifi ti o n of GP, GW, SP, or SW. The m axim u m gravel slze s h e 11 not a ce ed t O i n ch e. Silty san d s( ) a r cI ayey as n d s( ) may be considered if these materials can meat g cote ti I e retention, clogging, and permeability re q u rrem e n ta, Pre -construction and confo rm R nce to sta ng for the protective yc r ao its i I [ [n cI u d o tta rburg Lim its and fu I i gradation with a Min im u mi conformance testing frc qu en cy of one grain -size analysis (AST D4 ) and Atte r rg i m it (ASTM D4318) per 5,000 cubic yards of Ire -place m atenal. Protective cover does not ra q u i ro cam pact i on control; however, it should be stable for construction and disposal traffic. Care will be exercised ire placement so as not to shifty City of Lubbock 10-33 August 1994 M 1 LF Permit Mod i fi catilon!Fr Revised wrinkle or damage the underlying geosynthetic layers, and the placement methods will be documented. Protective cover will be p I a ce d such that the top surface, while spreading, is a least 2 ft above the geosynthefic layers # all times, unless low ground p ria ss u re doze rs a re u sed (i. e. tra ck p re ss u re I ess th a n 5 p si ). A g re ater #h'Ckn a s S wl I I be maintained to support loaded hauling trucks and trailers and for tuming areas. Drivers will proceed with caution when on the overlying sail and prevent p ire ni n g of tires or sharp turns. Protective cover will generally be placed in an up -slope direction for sidewalls as long as th 8 a m e m a to H a I Is be i n g us a d. Wh ere th a top few feet of si de al I (typica I ly I ess tha n 5 feet vertically) is to be protected by a different soil type, such as clay for tying in the final cover soil liner, this m ate ra ai may be place from the top, if adequate care is taken to protect the synthetic liner components. The required thickness of protecfive cover will be verified by survey methods on an established grid system with not less than one verification point per 5,00C) square feet of surface area. a r ki n a a n d «eviftAng of Eva lusted Areas Red markers will be placed so that all areas for Which SOF11 and Liner Evaluattcn Report (SLER) and Flexible e m bran a Liner Evaluation Report (FMLER) have been su h rnitted and approved by the TNRCC are readily identifiable, Such markers are to p rn v Ide site workers immediate knowledge of the extent of approved disposal areas. Reel markers will be steel or wooden posts and will extend at least six feet above ground level, a r ker ill not be obscured by vegetation a ri d will be placed so that they are not destroyed during c Ise rat i c n s. Sufficient intermediate markers will be installed to show the required boundary. Lost m iarkers will he promptly replaced. Limits of the evaluated area City of Lubbock 10-34 August 1994 MSWLF Permit ModificaHon s Revised r i O be referenced to the site grid system. Markers will not be placed inside the evaluated area. Upon completion of all re q ua red la n e r construction and evaluation, the Geotechnica.l Professional will prepare and submit both the Soil Liner Evaluation Report (SLER) and" FI exib le M e m b rane L i ne r Eve I uati on R e po rt (F M L Eli) to th a Go m m is sio n for re view and approval. These will be submitted along 'Jth a construction documentation report. Multiple submittals of the reports or docurnentaUon during the project may be made, If they may facilitate review of the project by the TNRCC. The SLER and F LE R will be signed and sealed by the Geotechnical Professional performing the evaluation a n d counter -signed by the site operator or his authorized representative. The construction documentation i l l contain a narrative describing the conduct of work and testing programs required by the SLQCP, "as- b u i lC or record d r aw n gs, and appendices of field and laboratory data. Because the volume of data for these projects can be quite large' the documents may be subdivided for ease of review. The preferred document format will include the SLER, FIVI L E R, narrative, a -bu it t d ra in g s, and summaries of test results in a single volume, The remaining appendices will be placed in accompanying volumes. SLERIFMLER submittals will include test documentation in a form as recommended in TNRCC technical guides, p e ifi ca ll y' t h e construction documentation report will co n taa n or d1scuss the fo [l o [n g informations at a "m U m, for g eo m em bran a liners: ■ Roll shipment and receipt information ■ M a n ufa ctu ree s quality control certi fioa ten and results ■ Storage and handling i reform ati o n N Conformance test sa m p I i n g and test results n Seamers names and resume of experlence and qualifications City of Lubbo ck MSVVLF Permit M od i f anti o ns 10-35 August 1994 Revised n u bg re d e a coe pta noes ■Anchor trench preparatiron and backfillIng ■� Panel deployment, identification and placement f Panel wrinkling, fishmouthing, and manufacturees creases x Seam p re pa rat[ o n, orientation and 1 de n of ratio n n Weather and am bient/sheet temperatures ■ Equipment ,placed or operated on geomembrane - 0 100 Pe rcent vi sua l i n sp a etib n fo r d efects, da m a g e, etc. ■ Trial seam tests for each combinaton of seaming equipment and personnel 0 SeamTng methods, times, temperature, eq W p m ent shutdowns and startups ■ C n n ti n u o u s 10 0 p e rcent non-d a tractive sea rn to sffngTm a tb o d s, trite rie and res u Its ■ Destructive testing methods, criteria and re su [ts x Repairs' Including preparation and procedures, failure deCineation, patch size and shape, and retesting x Material properties and placement of drainage materials and protective covers The report will also include pertinent record drawings including; ■ Sectorized fill layout plan, * Lo ca ti o n of th a subject tre n ch o r ce I I with S L FRIED L E R rn a r ers, iff Previous Mad and active areas, *As -built panel layout dra Inge, shoVing location of destructive test samples, patches and repairs, a n d ■ s -bu i [t drawings showing elevatIons of protective cover to cc rrfi rrn 'Its thickness. City of L ubbook 10-36 Atigust 1994 M LF Permit M o daft oati o ns Rew's l PAGE :2/E Nil + r ' + TRw4O4j9 C OLLO I D ENV] RO NM E NTAL TEC H NOLOGI ES CO M PANY TEcqNICAL DATA SHEE-r N BENTOMAT = DIRL= C T SHEA R TES TING S�lMMAR'Y Revised 9-3u-w,93 I M00 W. Sh ure ib rive ; Ariin gtan Heig hts, <<li nois 60004-03 + (70:9) 392-58 00 o Telox 1T T 43 30321 * FAX (7() 50B•S150 A wftolly owned sUbygddiaty 4f Am $rlca n Cotlold Com-pany The ininT mai don and 6018 contained herei n apre Eeflwua i to be Dccu Iota and ml iabfe, CETCO ma kas no f-ra o( ;pny kind s n d a [�[�.gjs lesponsibilidly fOr VW rmulm obtained thTovgh application of this information. SUMMARY OF BENTOMAT DIRCC7' SHEAR TEST ]DATA I interfiteez a & L 0- 3 0-90 /Sand NW/Sand .NWICIfty NW/Clay STS 09-11-90 NW/40-3nil Tex L, B )Dpk NW/8 0-M ll Text, HDPH /8 0-m it Text. HDP L 1 1 -�09 /Sa ridy of i GRl 04-19-91 bt rnal STS 05 `28- 91 NW/4 0-mlx Text. HDPJB /80-M i I Text, HDPE UTA 8- 1 9 1 Intexpal a L -9-91 / o1x Cover Ionet NW/B Stone TRI 5i 9 / 0-mil Text. VLDPIR / 0 -m it Smoolh VLDpE TRI 11-12- /40-11A ] Text, VLDP! orml Moisture Sfressgsfusi) Qudiflod 112/3 Hydrated 11213 1/2/3 Hydrated 11 /� Dry / 5 1 7 0 Dry 5/170 Dry 5//70 Dry 2/3,515 Dry Od511/ / /101 0 Dry 0,121 Od5 / 115 / 10 Hydra 0, 12 1 O.5 / 11 / 10 Hy dmicO 5 / 5 / 70 Hydrated 3 515 / 70 Hydrated / 9114 / 19 Hydrated 0, 6 / 1,2511.98 Hydrated r 6 11,25 / 1A Hydrated U/1,251 1'88 Hydrated / 8 1 1 4 Hydrated / / 1 4 ,' C' Hydrad 15 ! 7 { 14 Hydr&tcd 0.02 mm}hr Friction 35 8 41 1 18 37 4 3 4 37 9 0 1 6 ,5 17 53 22 - 14 � y z w • r ul Y P4 0 �n n r r 0 H "a W SUMMARY OF BENTOMAT DIRECT SHEAR TEST DATA (Continued) Lnterfaco N or l Moisture Friction A dddezI l -16 - 3 WPISaturawd Sol"I 1/211, Hydrated- , P/Dry Soil 1/2/3 Hydrated O.O4 jift i lj 22 F IW/Dl nage Ococomposile 1/2/1, Hydrated 02 i tf ` 16 xn gem a1 0, 11 / 2 / 4 / 10 Hydrated 0 W , ti 27 /Drat mige Geocomposite O.5 111 14 / 10 Hydrated O. i n/nii n 21 W/Texturcd HDPE 045 f 11 / 4110 Hydrated 0,0 i TRI 7-1-93 W1304mil PVC 113/5 Dry 0--04 Wit in 24 0-ml1 PVC 1/315 Hydrated ON ` , 1 13 Immal ,5111 / 4 / 10 Hydrated 0.04 W/Min 5 L ` eiij rig jr�pmnyq lap I ;4Qn3Lt � IPA (mud i � � S'�S �- 3amltinLLt�l.. I�I��k IL�I,tRad A � ��tm ��h�� i�c� Wa01Mmudo IZfaah.Aw b GRS :u Cmcaya(hclie R14crch 144 hit. Dfc9ct Uwivem;r4y, iIkAmd-alpWal A( sod � '4��kc]��rt ��ttna�c �v'I�c TW pnvimampmtil, toe.. AtutiN prca&s (8$c4.A J 2'ikWjj aLIc L ct shm Wx) O'A , <k4kff Augici arcs, MAM CuIocadr) (12e io4;fj dLr�j jhc4r box) CC - IW 0111C cejuohantr4 Mom, rm's [a 2 NW Ntm.v avcaWP m Wovcn gwooiillc utJ.Mracrlfi t pjrtijL 3 INY' jr. m*Ia Imed irn thr.a,,jacclmd inorjIurt ZI&IO, wJddi is iypically 1 prim to tes&1Ag, aijbipfth lbg 4rE11VO, k1hWiM mcr4 0& mW druari w vary. SIkmpLef wtrc hyd"Acd wiLh 46111194 wctfrt uNIN: ctkr isc not 4 tlydia" Eli leas-Wc, 0 < L b z CL ry LLr Z L0 L GE E WELD NEW BOTTM (W UrAVAMN AEMBROLN10 3,-(), 1"ZM 2' PRO701A WL C&M Eoq=40 CEOWEWRRAHE MOM GEOMMPOSTE MommPOSITE DRAMAGIEUATERIAL DRAINAGE WiLTERAL IN I -xi- TRENCH 2' PftC=TJVE SOIL -COYD (Ql.0XlGr4M/SEr-) soAleRDPE 900NUAIMANE I'X I' ANCHM TR9NCH- BACWLL V C*ALVEL PLAWGE 14ATMAL vdT:H COWAUVO CLAY GEOMPOSITE DKOWCE -WA101AL OM"IHEMC CLAT UNEX (GM) (95X sTa. I ocTna rf 00 Uk -HDPE =WEWWtAW (MlUfffa) GEMYH-.NE= CLAV Limm Com) FF T', I "' N .1flEmms�— CWFACTED BACMLL -Xlt� (90Mppoom MQMG V PJMIEC73YE UL WYM CF APPjRVQlD EUMMO OWIMLIE FILT01 r -ENU OF APPJ*VM CLAY 9AA nALEFt EMSTINC ld GRAMa- DR04NAW MOSTING QVVMZ CUMON —51114- 60 1& HMK GEOMMORAKE GM LINER E)OSMNG CLAY LINER GCL LINER0QffMVr'r CLAY IMUtNER 09VO1 OF DCAMATICK AN04 OR =AL.-. nE—tN OEM1 SCAM 1/4' Vill SCAM- vv I' 9' fft=Cll'& SCIL CDWW GEDCONPMTE DRANAGE MATERIAL 00 WL MPF GENEUMWE (TMURM) OG 1UL WPE WMIXOMM (SMWlH) GEMY47HEM CLAY Lttffl (GICL) t7 1-T141 117 DTICAL BOTEOM LINER DETAIL TYRICAL SDE SLOPE UNER DETAL SCALE I /ar I'•4r r MTEMIVE SM WM GE0013WPCWM ORAINAGE MATERAL mrmunw SOIL Cam (pcZI.WTICmIsm W WL HDFE GBOLOAMME (-%MtH) 2 Oc"p4nc WY UMER W PHASE TMMIN&MON 4ppElENCE 1. W = LIHM Aff:Wft L PLAW 00 OF HDPE LINER To uwrT SHIML 36 fULD IV HOPE FACRnENAL STRIP W HDPE UNER FOR 00 pn=TION- ,L WaD 127 sAWCIAL. SIMP M HDPE LINEIt (LF.AQU7E WRrER). & PLACE :r MAWR WMM, OVERLAP WIH lr SACFAMAL STIMP. 9. R-OZE 9MMPCOIE MMMAGE WMAL AND SOL 00YO TO LIMIrS SWM. - I M OF tWE UWEX LA rsk%-E QLlWF 10' HDPE Sk=Flokwallm GM LINER PHASE TER.WINAMON LWBOCK 7EXAS 14LPNOM kMDFILL FERmit mommmolts MW MW :00. Go ALTERNATE LINER DETAILS AMLwaff I a Projitt Mondpr FtFLF— ouired KKH. em" 01-2677—*4 19 f NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FOR PERMIT PURPOSES ONLY 2A Addendum to AuaQhment 10 Soil and Liner Quality Control Plan eosyrithatio Clay Liner .0 Geosynthetig ClayLiner L 5.1 General AN e. OF - ROBE OLDER ;'•ftf \Sii" �2� L This section covers the work necessary to construct and test the g e osnth ati o clay liner ( CL) system which will consist of natural bentonato ofaY supported b g eoteti I es 5.2 Subrnnals. The Contractor will submit written certification by the GCL Manufacturer that the materials conform to the requirements nfthe LO FT{ are similar and of the same characteristics as that for which certification is submitted; and has been demonstrated by actual usage to be satisfactory for t b e intended application, The GCL Manufacturer and the Contractor each will submit a complete description of a quality control program, as applicable, for manufacturing, handling, instetting, testingr repairing and providing a completed GCL system in accordance with the SLOCP. The description will include, but not be limited to, soli u nn bentonite supplier,, product identification, acceptance testinQr fob rication nnil prod uetaon Ce tingr instaIIatinn to StEngr docu oneNat ion of c ha nig es, aIteration-S and repairs, retests and acceptance, The Contractor will submit in tallatron drawings, description of installation procedures, and a schedule for performing/completing the Work. Installation drawings will show a GCL panel layout with proposed aize,. riumber, position, and sequence of placing of a I t panels and indicating the location of all field soars. MSWLr Perm It Modifications R evi:sed Installation drawings will 8180 sh(:)w complete details and/or methods for anchoring the lin in g at the perimeter, field seaming techniq uos,, and propersealing around pipes and structures., The Contractor will :submit a complete description of procedures � e for performing file and rape t* Tire p�roore III or�forrr� to the latest p roced u rs recommended by the lining Manufacturer and to the SLCICPI The Contractor wfil submit for approval� the Engineer certification that the surface(s) on which the lining will be placed is acceptable, Inst I I at'e ry of the lining will not commence until thl certification is furn shed to the Engineer, The GCL Manufacturer will furnish a written material warranty on a prorata basis for a period of twenty (20) years. The warranty witl be aa mat manufacturing defects or workmanship and aga[nst deterioration duo to ozoneUltraviolet r or other normal weather aging. The warranty will be I i rn fted to replacement e� acement of material only, and will not cover installation of aid material. It wil l not cover damage due to vandalism, acts of animals or unusual acts of God, For n ead Ie- p c nc hed G Lrs, the manufacturer will verify that the GCL has been co ntinuously inspected for the presence of broken needles using m detector a eta l and found to be needle -free, The Contractor will furnish i ritte n guarantee that the entire liner constructed by h rn to be free of defects in material and workmanship anshi end Ins talled talled pursuant to the SLQCP for a p er fo d of two (2) years fa J f o i nthe date Df � acceptance of the Work by the Engineer. During the 23rd month, a reT uar � � antee epiratlon inspection wifff be conducted to identffy any necessary repair � � work covered by the guarantee,. The Contractor will agree to make any repairs o r replacements a c ern ant � � made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship in tha Work which become evident within said g uara ntee Period. The Contractor wJ11 make ` repefra and/or City of Lubbock fi 0A - 2 march' 1995 replacements promptly. Otherwise, the Owner may do so, and the Contractor i 11 be liable to the O n er for the cost of such repairs and/or replacements, 53 duality Assurance Prior to start of work, the GCL Manufacturer and the Contractor, each, will Submit for approval by the Geoteohnical Professional, documented evidences of their ability and capacity to perform this Work. The GCL manufacturer must demonstrate they have successfully manufactured a minimum of one (1) m[II on square feat of airfiilar awning material in solid waste conta� meat structures, The Contractor must demonstrate they have successfully installed a minimum of one (1) million square feet of *miter lining material in solid waste containment structures. The Contractor can meet these criteria by teaming with a subcontractor who is identified in the bid along with the firm"s experience The Contractor will submit the name and qualifications of the field project superintendent that ill be on the project, The field Project superintendent rust be on site whenever 11n i n g materials are being he n d I ed /I nsta lied, The Contractor will also submit names and qualifications of senfor installation personnel assigned to the project. The duality Control Plan(s) to be implemented for the Work by the lining Manufacturer and the Contractor will be in accordance with applicabfe paragraphs of the SLQCP. The Manufacturer will provide on -site technical supervision and assistance at a I I times during installatIon of the lining system. The Manufacturer and Contrac#or, as applicable to each, i It subrnit for approval by the Geotechnical professional written cartificatlon that the lining system was rnstaIled in accordance w1th the City of Lubbock 10A - 3 Me rc hr 19 95 M:SWLF Permit Mod if i cations Revised Ida n u foot u rer's Tern m m on d ati o n . th a S LQC P, p ro j e of :s pec ificatio ns a nd d ravvi o and approved submittals, The Geotechnical Professional will initiate a pro -installation meeting with the Manufacturer and Contractor prior to installation of the lining system. Topics for rovi o r/d Isc us s to ti will include, as a minimum,, pro" ect plans a n d seca f 6catio ns approved submittals and training, and qualification procedures � p es for Contractor personnel. Prior to installation of theining system r t h a Contractor will instruct the workmen of the h azards of In sta I lati o n a n d us a of eq u 1 p rn a rat. W o r k g loves, safety g tasse hard hats, and smooth -soled shoos are m 1n i m u m safety wear requirements when working on the GCS. Safety shoes ,mast be worn when handling heavy objects, 5.4 Deffvery,, Storane and band The Contractor will submit for approval by the Geotechnical Professional a method (s) for handling and storage of lining material (s) which have been delivered to the project site. Those materials will be stored in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendation. L materials will he delivered to the site wrapped individually in relative) impermeable and opaque protective covers. Upon delivery, the lining materials will be inspected for damage, unloaded, and stored with a min i m u rn of handling. Materials will not be stored d i reedy on the ground. The storage area will be such that all materials are protected from water, mud, soil, ultraviolet light, d i rt and debris. The stacking of rining will not be higher then five rofiis or as recommended by the manufacturer. City of Lubbock I OA - 4 March, 1995 MSWLF Permit Igo dificataun s Revised Under no circumstances will the GCL bia subjected � cted to materials, sandbags, equipment or other fterns dragged across its surfa ce. All damaged surfaces resulting from abuse of any kind caused by the Contractor ire Performance of the Work will be repaired at the Geotechnical P{ota icnldirect*on., The Contractor will be completely responsible for shipping, ipping, storage, handling and f natallation of all lining materials in compliance with th the SLCICP. 5.5 Broducts The Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL) materials will be new, first qu a lIty products Ifdo-signand manufactured pcff for thepurposes of t h e work and wiff have lose n s atiafa ctc ri ly d a imo n stra ted br� o r us � ` � � t� �� u�ta bfe a n d d urable fir such purposes. The GCL sheets will consist of natural bn � to n ite clay material, Supported by geoteti I a s. L material to be used on sfOPes exceeding 7 h • � horizontal �n nt�l t� � vertical I i I I be reinforced to provide ad d it Eon a l internal shear strength. The internal 'Shear reinforcing mechanism will resist farf ur e due to thread Pull-out over long-term Creep ftUatlons. Benton fte used for sealing penetrations and Maki ' a� repairs �ii consist of the s8 rn a natural be nto n itG as the GCL B h e ets and will be as recommended by the manufacturer. . , 1 Be nto n The be nto n ite used to manufacture the G C L will b • � �n�i�� nt��rillanite variety. The manufacturer must Provide certified bi e r�t� n ate quality i� ts control tuts for the following tests. Chy of 1-tibbock I OA - 5 1995 M E LF Permit Modifications March,, Revs i TABLE 1 BENTONITF MATERIAL Y r¢ }�,}Y}{{f{ }A iX rX 11•Y{}Y h+i tiX:YAti•�r yr h.. A.. • yrA rr A •A r. • % \ J Jir ti 2)t Jtiry{Af. rhh Xr y+hy;{X'}{},X. X•{J S{ r`.la. r} SJ�T /A{.Li X 'Ou.%1Y� ? { . ti •ti 3Xiki•{}v Y f• tiXtirtih} �:: tiY{ }iY #Y •hti }•Xh , 1 l f ' .• } Y. hti .L • 1 1� ti•• v. r 4 { ti �Yr •.K r { iA • T Y � • i':i YY ffY MOX hti X of J ~ I y h ti ti r\ti 1 •• Y h , h J ti Y rr�M1 Y �• IJ� ••� j��'ii•`•♦• tit rX A% Yi X-P% % Sh}5 �rrS � rr{ M}X{Y,Xi} • h A `ti ~ �� ~AYE} . { �X M. ¢ }�{ +C i 5y�} } . f h r } { tiY} %* • k Y�i 1 ` yX v�yy : ti� }Y •Jt {X{�C rr r;1lF{ { f rr A.rf/v. • ti } •A.Artiti h..�f. �. .• %F A.% }A. Y�ti �::{ ?rah `AY }L{ : { }X }r k.%OJC y� �C A tiYr h { } r iS }'ri } r �M1 may{ Y { } {� l f � h . h J YM i /C : { �.:AX�tif , ti • Y Y� tiyJ A . L Y.. yr } ■ : ••} J . -.l . l ri }¢ tii r ti•}•A �� r tit Yrj J A r .ti r %Y..% r • r .Y • �rhL . S % Jh► NY }Xi r V • Free Swell USP-NF-XVII 18 min. MI 1/ 1000.000 f#� 2 I U i LOSS API 13AIl 313 18 max M1 1/ 1 00J O0 0 ft 1 2 5 a 5,2 Geoteti I The geote tiles used in the manufacture of the GCL will be either a woven, nonwoven or a combination of each. The manufacturer must provide certified quality control tests for the following tests. 5. 5. 3 m si I i The GCL liner will be constructed such that the bentonite will not be displaced during handling, transportation, storage and installation inciuding cutting., patching and fitting around penetrations - The final GCL p rod u ct will be tested in accordance with the following tests shown in Table 3. The minimum sampling frun ICI be as shown in Table 3. Chy of Lubb ock I OA - 6 Ma rchr 199 15 MSV&F Permit Mod ification $ Revised TABLE COMPOSITE MATERIAL L rr h• L • .L h Lh ,L L J • LL rJ f . • tiL h• h ' r : W ' �� ' h }„{ } L L r Y Y5� L h Yh } i ivr 1; } • 1 ¢ a • ! }.ii } 7G • ' . 1 ' , { %L h { r JJ r` J�1-5y�- r) .. { �L L } X ` { J Y 1 i 1i Y i• . r 6 ' Ic {� A T�i •} {ha Y � Xr�� .. �({ a ; lei r L /1A L L7� �¢ y L . {Y. r Y{ { Jh J L JAa.•Y J LQy(S x{ hL h . �%�hY�h j} Yr � L L }}��Y�YJ L rL Xk ihYr , i L }LYaY { L J ..�4x : L • }�•' �irX }h r' hL{ •• a { • �..{+L� i•Liaf {'h { r7 % J`• yid J •' � QY X rr T4 L%x L S .• �M f} IY }h . r •{ %h f Y,1{1 X{ xLf.rL h J . }J J Y. l moffi-001 •%4 A%Xayy{Yir? �.� C lay M as s/U nit A rea ATM D 5261 (1) 0, 8 ps f Water Content ATM D 2216 !- % Permeability (5 Psi) G RI- L- 510X 10-11 urn/sec max Grab Tensile AS TM D 4632 90 Iles. (1) eases! an 105 1 (2) One per week per production line 6.6 Installation PmQedurea -C xa} { : x{ yy�v�yL: tar ••x1�JI� �YxLY Ljr A{ }�(ax YI1AY1 hL�� Xai hY•Y• LYr L. L r.L L.a• Jr {�aj t /40 R OOO ft.2 1 140r000 ft.2 (2) 1/200rOOO fte2 Prior to installation of the G L, a site inspection will be conducted by the Goote c h pica I P ro fas s to n a] a nd t h e C o at{a cto r to ve rif y rn e a s u re me nts f st r u ct u res and surface conditions to support the GCL, The Contractor will provide r itte n documentation to the Geotechnical Professional that surfaces to receive the GCL have been Inspected and are acceptable for installation of the lining* The subgrada surface must not contain any rocks greater than 3/4" in size or as recommended by the manufacturer. All earth su bgrade surfaces will be rolled with a smoothy wheal roller and maintained in a smooth, uniform, and compacted condition during installation of the lining. Excessive cracking (defined as cracks of at least one (1) inch in depthand at least twelve (12) inches In length) of the surfaces will be repaired as directed by t h e G e otach n i c a I Professional,, immediately prior to 'Installation of the lining, any erosion or other damage to the su bgrade which has occurred since completion of the earth work will be corrected, Adequate drainage of the-subgrieda will be provided and maintained City Gf Lu bbock 10A - 7 March, 1995 MS LF Rarm t Modif i ti ons RevNed until nstellation of the lining Es completed. Rutting of the subg rade by vehicular traffic will be repaired by additional h iad i n g followed by steel wheel compactor. Before GCL placement,, the Contractor will inspect all lining materials for damage fro r n tra ns 1 t. Mate ri a l s that ea n n et be re p a l re d wi l l he rejected a n d re moved fro m the work area and site. During unwrapping of lire i ng materials for use and placement the Contractor will visually inspect all materials, particularly thin spots in the body of the GCL due to shifting of the bentaniteF for imperfections and faulty areas. All such defective places will be marked and repaired in accordance with approved methods, The GCL vVIll be instai led as shown on the project plans and approved installation drawings. Placement of the GCL will be done such that good fit, without bridging, is provided on all covers and grade changes. Excessive slack will be avoided to mini mite rippling., Sheets of GCL materials will be of such lengths and widths and will be placed in such a manner as to reduce field seams to a rfli ni mum. No horizontal seams will he allowed on slopes, exceeding 7 horizontal to 1 vartiral. GEL will be anchored In accordance with details shown an approved pleas and drawings. The lining will he sealed at structures,. pipes and other types of penetrations by applying additional granular b e ate n ite at a rate recommended by the manufacturer. Sheets will be ev erl a p peel one (1) feet at le ae h ate cell eat i e n sumps., and an extra iayef of GCL material will be placed at the bottom of lea a h ate collection sumps. A I I changes in approved installation drawings and procedures rust be approved by the Geotechnical Professional. City of Lubbock 10A - 8 March, 19 9,5 MSVVLF Permit Mod ificaVon s Revised Extreme care will be taken during installation of the lining to be certain no damage is done to any part of the lining. The following rules will be observed by Contractor+ a Dragging of the GCL material an the suhgrada will be avoided 0 Smoking by installation. personnel will be prohibited. All hand li rig and installation procedures will he performed by workers wearing shoes with smooth sales. * No foot traffic will be allowed on the G C L except i t h approved shoes. 0 No vehicular traffic will be allowed on the lining. No gasoline driven generators or cans of gas or solvent will be placed directly on the lining material., Under no circumstances will the lining be used as a work area to prepare patches at to store tools and supplies, if needed+ a tarpaulin of approved material will he spread out as s work area. During installation, the Contractor will be raspon:sIble for protecting the lining against adverse effects of high winds such as u pa lft * Sand bags will he used as required to hold the lining material in position during installation, Sand hags will be sufficiently close-knit to preclude fines from working through bottom, aide's or seams. paper hags, whether or not lined with pJ a tic,, will not be permitted. �r�ap bags, �f used, must 'fie lined with plastic. Bags will contain rent less than 40,, nor more than 60 pounds of sand halving 100 percent passing a number 8 sieve and will be tightly tied after filling With plastic ties. Bags that are split.. torn, or otherwise losing their contents will be immediately removed from the work area and any spills immediately cleared up. Metal or wire tins will not he used. The GCL will not be installed under adverse climatic conditions, unless the Contractor can demonstrate that the installation techniques adequately compensate for such adverse conditions and quality of Da na n hip i's not City of Lubbock I OA - 9 March, 1995 M LF Permit Mod i i ciations Revised compromised,. Adverse climatic conditions. occur when the relative humidity i t more than 80 percent- when iS it raining or tines of impending rein; or when there is frost on the grounds or during conditions iof o ee save winds. The GCL will not be placed in the presence of surface mo i to re or on ponded water. GCL Moil becomes hydrated prior to boirail covered must be replaced, L field seams will be lap scams as recommended by the manufacturer, The overlap d1stonoe will he marked on both sides of the L with water proof markings. The lap seams i I I be formed by lapping the edges of GCL sheets to the manufactured match lino. Dry h ante n ite will be added to the overlap at a minimum rate of % pound per linear foot or as recommended by the me nufeetu rer if the GCL has non -woven geote the encasement. No horizontal field seems will be allowed on the slope and sheets of lining material on the slopes will extend down slope out onto bottom a minimum of five (5) feet from toe of slope: Any necessary repairs to the GCL will be made by placing a patch of the same ma to r W a to nd in g a t feast two Iva (12) i roc h es bey o nd t h e fl aw or da ma g od a rep. Granular be nton i to will be added to the o ve rl e p pad area at a rate of of i oast A pound per linear foot. Approved adhesive may be used to keep patches in place during placement of overlying materials+ Cleanup~ within the work area will be an ongoing rasp onsibiiity of the Contractor. Particular care will be token to insure that no trash, tools, and other unwanted materials are trapped beneath the lining, Caro will be talon to insure that all scraps of lining materl'e l are removed from the work area prior to completion of the installation. The installed GCL "IM be inspected for noodles or other foreign objects which could result in damage to the overlying membriane.. City of Lubbock 1 0A - 10 Ma rch + 1995 M' L F Permit Mod [ f l eatlo ns Re sad 5.7 ,field Quality Qntrol and Conformpnce Testlna Upon delivery of the G C L material, test samples will be taken by the G ooteo h n i oial Prof essi o na I, Samples f i f be randomly selected rolls, The selected ro I I will b sampled thorn rewrapped and planed in the protected stockpile area. Samples will be out from the full width of the roll and throe �3) feet in length. One complete outer revolution of GCL will be out and discarded prior to taking the sample. Each sample will be identified by recording the following: a Manufacturer"s name a Product Ne rn e 0 Lot and Rolf Number 0 Machine Direction Noted with Waterproof Marks Note: A lot is defined as a group of consecutively numbered rolls from the same manufacturing line., Each sample will. he tested for the following properties shown in Table 4, TABLE 4 ON SITE CONFORMANCE TESTS X{ xr r r a .. h ti }ti rn �{75%�} X�%}•• �yyn1a.. r'•tiA 0r • JVY ,T( \ {::{ y..Y� �J } }J��Xy }}%4r 444 Y �¢ }} X{ YX YX } }k�}rcY• Yr ti yQ � y { %jh ¢% �•'4%+�% }%8}J4Xti 4r {y•yy A-C Y{ %� 4:. d YXn 1•• h {�•.f { }% {::�}SyQ}�hr4Q S�'} •�X�X{ ti Yr y0-0 �r •V tiv Vi�{ Y' %\Y}r % �L5� YA'/'�{ iQX1{ X}{$%%•'�¢ IMF �hy¢Y. •�V y J 4 r ti ...ti Ati ¢M1 r � } YYT (. /� i Y }1{SNLXr {�lG� J h••XrCST uYu�v ¢�{ X X{ }h4},�¢.p{ % }Y { XJY:' r{ }J� !� ih$}� {{ } { 5� rC'{ { ¢h} j Y+CB%Ji X}rl�ii8 { Ar YY4h rAit iJ %4Y :4A• { \ }f.Y f4ky# • rti:¢ k j{{¢r{{ ri�A{ X }X ..X¢M4h{ }J4ti rr{ .x{ .�r� }nv� YA %45L7 tiv�v L: .{ • +; { Y{ j k{ : %f Fn r rn ea b iI ity ( psi) FBI- C L- 5.O l 07' u I e u 1 / 100, 000 f t2 max Clay Mass/Unit Area"' A STIVI D 5261 0.8 Min psi 1 / 1001.000 f t2 Direct Shear (internal) ASTIR D 5321 22 degrees one Direct Shear (Inter*face) ATM D 6321 2 degrees () (1) Based on 1050 2) Once per soil type All test results should meet or exceed manufacturer's test results, City of Lubbock 10A i 11 March, 1995 MSWLF Permit Modifications Ravised The Contractor will retain res po n i b i I i ty for t b e integrity of the GCL system until acceptance by the Geotecbnical Professional* The GCL will he accepted by the eotechni al Professional when.4 a) Written certification Iette:rs including "as built" drawl ngs, have been rece 1v a d by th a G eotech n ica I Pro fens io n a 1 b) Installation is completed. c) Documentation of completed i n to f latio n, including a l I reports., is complete. d) Verification of adequacy of field seams and repairs is complete* Acceptance of the completed worm will include receipt of all submittals and all work co m pi eted to t h e satisfaction of the G aotec h n i ca I Professional, City of Lubbock 1 OA i 12 March, 1995 MSWLF Permit Into dlllcal I ons Revised Pro j�ct ��:�-o �[�. I�''�5I� �� W I L Lr SMITH � COOPER, INC. ENGINEERS i ARCHITECTS PLANNERS ti LUBBOCK E L PASS .fob No, O F u al 7 ' '1 [)ate MIDLAND AUSTIN Shi + 1 1 , Jr Dic 1 , 4 6v�. ('D�.W% f) C-P.7, Uwa e - 1 ' . • • • I 1 1 . 1 1 Ir jr- I , rLS i a IL r 1 1 r —r 1 ; 1 ' ` a.i 1 � i 1 I .. JL • 1 � , I I 1 • 1 1 I ' 'L L y •4 +'� 3 �� '■_I,L=�1 � 1r-1 _ � L• 1� 4�' � 1 � .Z i h � 1"�'1�4.�� i � � J �� '�'{`i ='�L � a1 � � 1' � I � i} � 1 � ' : •�= ; 1'-F� •�1 I;1 �.,�`t 3 �T1 ov-� 2 d+ �`••�'�' I r- , yl-� <<. ,:tip I_ •_ � -d! ,! �14 i . I Oil , lar 1 ' � 1 - t jT 1 •r , , +, I 1 7-- 1 1 At- 0-1 _ 1 1 ti PAR HILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. ENGINEERS * ARCHITECTS * PLANNERS LUBBOCK E L PASO MIDLAND AUSTIN I. 1 1 . I • _ • _ 1 - . . . 1 y . 1 � T) 1 1 1 1 1 � r ILA ar 1 _ 16 Ergo � I erlic"T irvul �;"t,v.!.L YID _ _ , 1 �1 �, ,.� r.� � ' ti-fi r �'�-_�:I �'�-_ _ , ' � •� •- Y� 1. V..-N-� 1 1 i 1 ti 1- 1 r. 4 . 1 1 • • . . 1 ....._,. Jm 1 1 Y- I F�� 1'� ��1�� I��' �'� '1 1� �'' �� ' �I ��ti—�" 5 tia rf I� ' ••, -I IMF',-r�-�'� L7 '�+� Ili {'r1� ,aJ�LL 5 •� . r j 1 _ ._ .'! _� tr . 1 � i 1 1 1 , • 0. Jr Sp 4 0 71 1 r 1 1 r•� ti , i 1 • _ I r .. I I yl , Y m I ' •--- '� � 7t ��''IL~ `� � 1mr�� '�' �fc ham- ��1� r 'I� 1 t�� j j_ ',ti3.71�•1'..�, .. 1 1 •1 - + . 1 r Ln 1 PAR HILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. ENGINEERS i ARCHITECTS ■ PLANNERS LUBBOCK E! L PASO 1 MIDLAND AUSTFN ?."orI �-A-A �r'iin a tie Job No- f2l- Ce Ic. Ely of 1 I 1 , I T r H 4. • 1 1 ' '. ` • �1 T 5 r - � '�'�,�r`'�� "'�+ �1� ( i M�. 4�'��ii% j.� � I • + � I I ,+�- � ~�,f� Rr'r• a • I 1 S- ` , .�. 1 _,...f. ' ' ram• r ... _ _ ... 1 1 1 1 �'• � � 7 fi _ i 1 _ ' - 1 Jz i_ . , J. 1 1 - - •-• - , .. ' r 1 ' " � ilk '' ■� '�1 IL __. 1 1. _ _ 1 .y ■ 1 �� , 1 1 : 1 .5y1,� lT I. . . 1 1 i _ _ . . 1 . . • 1 1 1 , 1 1 , 1 � Ab .6.1 rl C, Air 1 LI I 1 t ti7 i 1 , 1 1 � 1 `Yr, f L J Lr _ ' .. . • - I�? Y •rr' -" I 1 .l 1 1 �' Vim{ '{r�fy .. ._ .. _ __ ■ ' _ i 1 � � �� • � I1�1 I � it �•�Z L�4} �� I �Y 4� ti-� 5'� �� IY,■r � , ' ' r I• t If e? 44- p { 1 ! + ' 1 ` 1 I 1 � r1� 1 PAR HILL., SMITH & GCOPERo INC, ENGINEERS & ARCHITECTS ■ PLANNERS LUBBOCK 81, PASO MIDLAND AUSTM _ i Job No. � i - �� - ;� � , Date 01 ? ^ n ca I c. By Ck 1 Etj2l�eSfi eg-t 4- , 0 f J 1 1 1 1 • -- -- - • • • - -- - - -• - •` , ir -IM6�r ;v - 1 1 ' 1 =•r- _ _• • . _.. ... _. _�. ti• ..rl r• ._r - . . . . _..- .._��__}• _ _ - • _, _ • • .. ti.�. . _.1 . . _. 1. .L �..• r • 1, 1 Jr ir prr 1 7 . d „ . 1 1 �._•}r - T.1•. • .. _•tirti i• �_ _•._�t • •1 ... -j--- __ ! _ �. 1��-�-•_ _ ti _ 1-Y . .1__ .. _ � , - 1 ' , te -!_ -_, _ 1 _ ._ ` �'�-'�� dot ��'�.1 •_- •`}i �' _v .... � .tir. • __ • _ •• - _�_ , • I- . . 1•... _ � � - _� �. .I.0 ++��, • .fib,. Y-y��41 _ �r- _... _. L � r 5�„ _� r_ rf � _, _ .• .. � �..� 1 _ 1_ _ _ 1 ., - - L tl ,AID ��_ r = • , 7 i 5�.pir F6. )lr Sit . L-k I '"CLrL." L 1 1 1 ! ............. !A. k IN........ No Text Leachate Evaporation Pond City of Lubbock, Texas Attachment 15 Callche Canyon MSW Landfill Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan MSW Permit No. 69 August 2010 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................1 2.0 LEACHATE AND CONTAMINATED WATER MINIMZATION.....................................1 3.0 OBSERVED LEACHATE GENERATION.............................................................................1 4.0 LEACHATE COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM .......................................... 2 4.1 Drainage Layer................................................................................... .. .......... .. ...... ....... .. .. 2 4.2 Leachate Collection Piping...............................................................................................3 4.3 Leachate Pump and Riser System................................................................................... 4 4.4 Leachate Pump Riser System...........................................................................................4 4.5 Conveyance....................................................................................................................... 0 4 4.5.1 Conveyance by Tanker Truck............................................................................ 5 4.5.2 Conveyance by Force Main System.. .................................................................. 5 4.6 Leachate Treatment and Disposal.... 4.6.1 Offsite Treatment and Disposal.......................................................................... 5 4.6.2 Onsite Treatment and Disposal ...... .... ...... ease ....... ..................... ....... so-so .... ....... ... 5 4.7 Monitoring and Maintenance Activities.......................................................................... 5 5.0 LEACHATE QUANTITY AND QUALITY SAMPLING......................................................6 6.0 DOCUMENTATION..................................................................................................................6 6.1 Record Keeping......................................................................................................6 7.0 CONTAMINATED WATER PLAN.............................................................................6 ,,,48 ,'R�,....... i & R. MATT DYER 92189 t o.�.� o: • ki t�S .E N,.. ONAL •• F-56 8/18/10 PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. TOC - i 01448709 X:\2009\4487.09\CLERICAL\Reports\Permit Documents\Lechate Evaporation Pond\August 2010\Attachment 15 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan\Strike and H ighlight\Att.15-toc. doc Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Attachment 15 Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan MSW Permit No. 69 May 2010 1.0 INTRODUCTION This document presents the Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan for the City of Lubbock Municipal Solid Waste Landfill (MSWLF). This plan provides methods to minimize the volume of contaminated water generated, details the leachate collection system design, and describes procedures for storage, treatment, and disposal of the leachate and contaminated water. 2.0 LEACHATE AND CONTAMINATED WATER MINIMIZATION Stormwater will be managed carefully in all areas of the landfill to limit the quantity that may come in contact with waste. Bulk liquids will not be accepted for direct disposal. Sludges may be accepted, but they must be stabilized prior to disposal so that no free water remains, as defined by the Paint Filter Test. Berms will be utilized to segregate uncontaminated rainfall from leachate in parts of the cell area that have not yet received waste. As operations progress to an aerial fill, an intermediate layer of soil will be placed over inactive areas that are not filled to final grade. As landfill areas are brought to final grade, a low permeability geomembrane and final cover will -� be installed in accordance with (TCEQ) Municipal Solid Waste Regulations. Final soil cover will be placed on currently filled (pre -Subtitle D) areas. Vegetation will be established to promote evapotranspiration, limit erosion, and reduce the amount of infiltration. 3.0 OBSERVED LEACHATE GENERATION Leachate production from Cell 1Vb began at the MSWLF in July 1995. During waste placement activities an average of 9,500 gallons per month of leachate generation was observed. The maximum amount of leachate generation observed in one month, 55,600 gallons, occurred in July 1997. Closure activities began at Cell IVb in 2009 and installation of the permitted final cap was completed in July 2009. Since the cell has been closed, leachate generation has decreased to an average of 7,060 gallons per month. 4.0 LEACHATE COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The leachate collection and management system is designed to ensure that the leachate head on the liner is not greater than thirty centimeters. The final leachate collection and management system consists of five main components as follows: • Drainage layer • Headers PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 1 01448709 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill MSW Permit No. 69 • Sumps, pumps, and risers • Leachate conveyance • Treatment and disposal Attachment 15 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan May 2010 This system will collect and remove leachate from the landfill, minimize head buildup on the composite liner, and effectively manage leachate to its disposal point. 4.1 Drainage Layer The drainage layer is placed above the composite liner to allow leachate to flow laterally to perforated header pipes. The drainage material will have a minimum permeability of 1 x 10-2 cm/sec. It is designed to maintain flow throughout the drainage layer. A granular drainage material will be used on the floor area, while a geonet composite will be used on the side slopes. The geonet composite includes a geotextile that separates cover soil from the geonet and maintains the hydraulic conductivity of the system. The drainage layer will be constructed with a two percent cross slope to promote flow toward the leachate header pipes and ultimately to the sump area. The granular drainage layer provides sufficient flow capacity to effectively transmit leachate to the header pipes and sump area, thereby reducing head buildup. Leachate head buildup is estimated using the resulting lateral drainage from the HELP model. 4.2 Leachate Collection Piping The leachate collection system designed for the site utilizes six-inch diameter headers, at a minimum grade of 1.3 percent. The headers are HDPE SDR 11, Schedule 80 PVC, or approved equal with Y2-inch perforations. The perforated header pipes are placed in V-shaped trenches. The perforated header pipes discharge into the sump area at the base gr ade low points of the cell area. Cvllection pipes do not penetrate the liner. The capacity of the headers has been calculated at approximately 360,000 gallons per day for the headers. (See this Appendix for calculations). The maximum amount of leachate the header pipe must accommodate is approximately 300 gallons per day, well below the capacity of the header pipes. This corresponds to the maximum amount of leachate that would be collected at an individual sump. Cleanouts are provided at the top of the sideslopes for periodic maintenance of the header pipes. The cleanouts are constructed of a minimum six-inch diameter non -perforated HDPE or PVC pipe which is joined to the perforated header pipe in the sump. The six-inch pipe size allows sufficient cross -sectional area for effective cleaning by the pressurized jetting equipment. Correspondence from two reputable service companies, PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 2 01448709 Leachate andContaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill i MSW Permit No. 69 Attachment 15 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan May 2010 assuring the ability to clean out the collection system, has been provided at the end of this Appendix. Refer to Figure 6 of the Site Development Plan for cleanout locations. Pipe deflection calculations were performed to demonstrate that the leachate collection piping will perform satisfactorily under expected maximum overburden pressures. Refer to this Appendix for these calculations. 4.3 Leachate Collection Sumps Leachate entering the granular drainage layer and headers will be discharged into collection sumps. To allow accumulation of leachate the sump invert is approximately three feet below the pipe invert. The sumps will have a capacity of approximately 1,700 gallons. Sumps located at the MSWLF perimeter hold leachate until it is pumped out into the leachate force main system. The force main will direct the leachate into the leachate evaporation pond. The estimated maximum impingement rate as shown on Figure 6 is 0.004 inches per day. This rate can be used to estimate the hydraulic head above the liner system. The Giroud -- -Equation- provides an estimation. ofthedepth-of-leachate-above-the liner -system. Where: 4C + tang a —tan a hmax — L r Z cos oc hmaX = depth of leachate on the liner L =length of longest leachate flow plath to an interceptor (header) = 720 feet C e!K the impingement rake on the lines in inches per dad (0.004 in/day) divided by the hydraulic conductivity of the drainage layer material (0.01 cm/sec) = 0.000012 a = angle of inclination. In the equation, tanoc and cosoc can be replaced with 0.02 and 1.0 respectively. Utilizing the above equation, the depth of leachate on the liner was calculated at approximately 0.41 feet. Refer to the Appendix for the calculations of the head on the liner system. Similarly, the head on the sidewall drainage media, a geocomposite, can be estimated by substituting the permittivity under load of the upper geotextile layer (assuming this value is significantly lower than the in -plane transmissivity) and using the relationship PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 3 01448709 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Attachment 15 Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan MSW Permit No. 69 May 2010 Kn t to arrive at an effective hydraulic conductivity for the upper geotextile for use in the Giroud equation. Assuming Kn = 0.54 cm/sec, tana .of 0.33 and cosa of 0.95, at the maximum depth to the sump of approximately 60 feet (giving maximum crossgradient length of 180 feet), is approximately 0.0013 feet. 4.4 Leachate Pump and Riser System Extraction of leachate from the collection sumps is accomplished by submersible electric pumps. The submersible pumps can be operated manually or automatically, depending on what conveyance method is used — manually loading tanker trucks or automatically with level switches discharging to a force main system. Leachate levels in the collection sumps will be monitored to maintain a head buildup of less than one foot on the landfill floor adjacent to the sump. A sump riser pipe will be located directly up the sideslope from the sump and at the disposal area perimeter for the two cell areas. Risers are 18-inch diameter HDPE pipe and provide a means for lowering submersible pumps down the 3:1 sideslope incline into N the collection sumps. Replaceable wheels may be attached to the pump housing to allow the pump to be easily moved up and down the sideslope riser. The lower portion of the riser within the sump is perforated (1/2-inch- diameter holes) which allows leachate to flow to the pumps. The depth of leachate on the liner will be measured manually by a water high level and low level indicator at the sidewall riser. 4.5 Conveyance Leachate will be transferred to disposal locations by tanker truck or a force main system. 4.5.1 Conveyance by Tanker Truck Leachate may be withdrawn from collection sumps and discharged directly into tanker trucks. Spill containment for truck hose connection and loading will be provided by a portable trough or similar spill containment protection will be provided at hose connection locations. Leachate pumped into tanker trucks will be transported to the City of Lubbock Southeast Water Reclamation Plant for treatment and disposal. A letter of approval for treatment and proper disposal from the operator of this facility is included as an Appendix to this section. PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 4 01448709 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill MSW Permit No. 69 Attachment 15 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan 4.5.2 Conveyance by Force Main System May 2010 A leachate force main system will be installed from the sumps to the proposed evaporation pond. The force main will be sized based upon leachate production and pump capacity. The force main will be SDR 17 HDPE pipe. At road crossings the force main will be installed in a steel casing. All HDPE joints will be welded and tested by hydrostatic means prior to commissioning. Major bends will be restrained with concrete thrust blocking. 4.6 Leachate Treatment and Disposal 4.6.1 Offisite Treatment and Disposal Leachate to be treated and disposed offsite will be pumped into tanker trucks and transported to the City of Lubbock Southeast Water Reclamation Plant. 4.62. Onsite Treatment and Disposal Leachate to be treated and disposed onsite will be conveyed via a force main system to a lined evaporation pond. The pond and force main layout are shown on Figure 15a. Pond details are shown on Figure 15b. 4.7 Monitoring and Maintenance Activities Regular maintenance and monitoring will be performed for the leachate collection and transfer system throughout the development, operation and for 30 years after closure of the landfill. The following monitoring and maintenance activities will be performed: • Depth of Leachate on Liner: The depth of leachate will be measured by a water high and low level indicator at the sidewall riser. The depth of fluid will be recorded monthly and/or after significant rainfall e V C;11L during the active life of the landfill, and semi-annually during the post-cl-osure period. • Pump Maintenance/Replacement: Portable pumps will be maintained as appropriate. The permanent sump pumps will be checked annually and maintained as necessary. Backup pumps (portable pumps) will be provided so the primary pumps may be removed and repaired. Maintenance activities on the pumps will occur during the active life of the landfill and during the post -closure period. • Cleanout: Cleanouts have been provided on all headers. Cleanout activities will occur on an annual basis, or more often as needed, during the active life of the landfill as well as during the post -closure period. PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 5 01448709 Leachate Evaporation Pond City of Lubbock, Texas Attachment 15 Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan MSW Permit No. 69 August 2010 • Disposal Facilities: The leachate evaporation pond will be inspected every 6 (six) months for leaks, tears, or other damage to the liner system and to ensure adequate freeboard is maintained. Inspections will be performed when the pond is dry and clear of sediment. Any sediment remaining after the pond is dry will be washed or swept to the low point of the pond. A concrete pad will be provided at the low point to allow equipment and personnel to access the bottom of the pond. In the event that the pond is out of service, leachate will be transported via tanker truck to the City of Lubbock Southeast Water Reclamation Plant. 5.0 LEACHATE QUANTITY AND QUALITY SAMPLING The purpose of leachate monitoring is to provide data on the quantity and quality of leachate being generated within the landfill. Knowledge of the leachate quantity is often necessary to evaluate the effectiveness of the landfill design. Therefore, periodic sampling of leachate at the sump area will be performed to evaluate leachate quantity and quality. Leachate quantity and quality monitoring will begin at the facility when a sufficient quantity of leachate is detected in the first sump installed. At a minimum, monitoring will continue on a semi-annual basis. 6.0 LEACHATE QUANTITY AND QUALITY SAMPLING 6.1 Record Keeping All records relating to this plan will be retained indefinitely. At a minimum, the following rPr.nrds will he kP»t nn f;1P nt thim landfill• aaa yr aav�.. Vai ia1V Ka. {.laV iKll`i1111. ■ leachate monitoring field information records, ■ leachate analysis results reports, and ■ leachate removal and disposal records. Other information will be retained as necessary to ensure proper implementation of this plan. 7wO CONTAMINATED WATER PLAN To minimize the amount of water entering the working area from other developed areas. it will be enclosed by a berm ranging in height from 1' to 6' depending on the round elevation. The . g, g liner phase termination detail (A/ 11) will, serve as the schematic of the prime workingface berm. During normal cell operations where the working face of the landfill is greater than PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 6 01448709 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan City of Lubbock, Texas Caliche Canyon MSW Landfill MSW Permit No. 69 Attachment 15 Leachate and Contaminated Water Plan May 2010 200 feet from this berm, an additional three foot berm will be constructed approximately 200 feet upgradient of the working face until such time as the working face is within approximately 50 feet of this temporary, three foot berm. When the working face is about 50 feet from the temporary berm, it will be removed and reconstructed 200 feet from the working face. This procedure will be followed for all areas until the working face is within about 50 feet of the liner termination berm. The berm, which is designed to contain the 25-year, 24-hour storm event, will also prevent contaminated water from leaving the working area. Drawing 16 of the Site Development Plan illustrates a profile of the berming for the waste cell area. Any water that comes in contact with waste will be confined in the working face area and will be collected in the leachate collection system. Should a rainfall event occur whereby the collected contaminated surface water run-off remains on the working face for 48 hours, the excess contaminated water will be pumped out of the area to tanker trucks and transported to the on -site storage facilities or off -site for proper disposal/treatment. There will be no off -site discharge of contaminated water. The interim drainage controls will help to minimize the amount of water entering the leachate collection system and potential flooding in the developed cell area. Water that is collected outside the working face area, but within the cell area, is considered to be uncontaminated and can be pumped out of the excavated area if water accumulation is excessive (does not evaporate y� within 48 hours). PARKHILL, SMITH & COOPER, INC. Page - 7 01448709 APPENDIX C SOIL BORING LOGS 0w 1 /B 1 B2 • • 133 • owe/B i B12• ow51Br4p NEW I,:X(*Av/1'I'ION B8 ow3/eh B5 f(�r� ('Ovcr• maLerial OW6/614 B15 NI?ESIt: N'I' B9 B 1 o 10n use) B1� owe/Btu OW4/B 1 1 I'APANSION A REA I • : 101 • O1��•r•� �tI. M11 W(-I I C U R HEN.I. A N I)I�'I I,I, � 31.8 azo 0E'710N R EA1 A OW t 0/B 3 B22 Figure No. 1 Approximate Boring Location Plan 0W9/B21 • Lubbock Sanitary Landfill Lubbock, Texas JUL 3 1 19'00 H R � qD D 2487 TABLE 1 Soil Classification Chart • Soil Classification Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory TestsA Group Symbol Group Name B Coarse -Grained Soils Gravels Clean Gravels Cu >_ 4 and 1 <_ Cc <_ 3 E GW Weil -graded gravel,' More than 50 % retained on No. More than 50 % of coarse Less than 5 % fines c Cu < 4 and/or 1 > Cc > 3 E 200 sieve fraction retained on No. 4 _ _ GP Poorl graded rave!'` _ Y 9 9 sieve Gravels with Fines More Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel,'13•H- than 12 fines _ - -� - Fines classify as CL or CH _ GC Clayey gravel,'.G.H Sands Clean Sands Cu 6. and 1 <_ Cc < 3E SW Well -graded sand 50 96 or more of coarse Less than 5 % fines ° - - Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E fraction passes No. 4 sieve . ______ __ _.___.__. _ . .. - .... _- SP Poorly raded sand _ -_ . _ Y 9 Sands with Fines Fines classify as ML or MH _ SM Silty sando•H�J • More than 12 % fines - -- -- _ Fines classify as CL or CH _ SC Clayey sand°•H•, Fine -Grained Soils Silts and Clays inorganic PI > 7 and plots on or above "A" line CL Lean clayK•IL•M 50 % or more passes the No. Liquid limit less than 50 200 sieve PI < 4 or plots below "A" lines ML Silt"•1•"� _ organic Liquid limit - oven dried 0 75 < _ Organic clay" .M•N OL Liquid limit - not dried- Organic silt"•L•M.o Silts and Clays inorganic PI plots on or above "A" line CH Fat clayK.L-.M Liquid limit 50 or more - PI plots below "A" line MH Elastic silt"•L•M organic Liquid limit - oven dried < 0 75 OH Organic clay"-L.M•P Liquid limit - not dried -- Organic silt".`,M.o Highly organic soils Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT Peat ' A Based on the material passing the 3-in. (75-mm) E Cu = D D (D30)2 m If soil �. contains -:a- 30 % plus No. 200, pre - sieve. If field sample contained cobbles or boulders, or � o p , u x D. dominantly gravel, add "gravelly" to group name. f If soil contains > 15 %sand, add "with sand" to N PI > 4 and plots on or above 'A" line. both, add "with cobbles or boulders, or both" to group name. o PI < 4 or plots below 'A" line. group name. m' Gravels with 5 to 12 % fines require dual c If P PI lots on or above "A" line. fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol P ° PI "A" symbols: GC -GM, or SC-SM. plots H If fines are- organic, add `with organic fines" to glow line. -� GW-GM well -graded gravel with silt group name. GW-GC well -graded gravel with clay If soil contains > 15 % gravel, add "with gravel" GP -GM poorly graded gravel with silt to group name. GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay -1 If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area, soil is a ° Sands with 5 to 12 % fines require dual CL-ML, silty clay. symbols: SW-SM well -graded sand with silt " If soil contains 15 to 29 % plus No. 200, add "with "with SW -SC well -graded sand with clay sand" or gravel," whichever is pre - dominant. %J %J I pow^" ly gaded san ' with silt L If soil contains > 30 % plus No. 200, pre- SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay dominantly sand, add "sandy" to group name. SIEVE ANALYSIS ISCREEN —IN I SIEVE NO. I Eo 2 ''/, S4 �� 4 7 20 40 6� •47 2 -1 ►0C o Ec --- - ; - - - - �-- - - •- - - - o CL Z_: - - - - -•- - — �- -i Z W 0 40 sn Dmo' ISmm (L I - W - Z i ►- H W 30 U i i Deo " 2. Smm , _! LAJ V W n- + ' 1 -- - - - -r- ... _.. - X hc. a H Q 2 S • � u,a-OUTS —! - r 10 . J 10 • �. I S r. 7 PARTICLE SIZE IN MILLIMETRES Cu - �so 15 - 200 Cc - ((1)30), _ (2 5 I2 5 6 D,o ' 0075 O,o, D,, 0 c,T5, 15 ' G^ For class if icot ion of fine-grained soi Is and fine-grained roct ion of coarse -grained sods. Equation of •A - line Horizontal at PI=4 to LL=25.5, then PI=0.73 (LL-20) p�� Equation of "W-line 'vertical at LL=16 to PI then PI = 0.9 (LL-8) / 1\0e MH R OH --- cL=ML' MLOR OL ..v vv I v av 7V I VU Ili LIQUID LIMIT (LL) TEST HOLE NO. 6-1 Ci ty of - Lubbock Sa n i tary Landf i 11 tiurf�cc 1:Icv3110m Depth: 3247 Oicnt Ms. Risa t= hEngineering, HOR •r .r Description TS I LTY LAY Y J It strong brown ILTY SAM, reddish yellow I LTY SAND. rw id i sh yel i ovi th traces of cal i the • B_ I LTY SAND.. reddi sh ,yel 1 ow 'th traces of calicne � CLAY WITH SAND, 1 i ght gray Fvqth traces . of ca l i the _25_ PILTY SAND, pinkish white 88 -:gyp- !LTY SAND, reMi sh yel 1 ow t.n to tr .P -3 of gal 7 Chi -; SILTY SM. reddish vel i oar t th traces of calithe 40_ LTY SAND. raMi sh vAl 'l ru Pwifth traces of cal i the _4 5- � I LTY SAM . re(idi sh yellow I Wi th tra(--cs o f ca I I cho BORING, i.OG '-4ca'i, Texas Rorie Mcdsod g Date fDrUling Str. No. :ter Da11 as Texas L'Pcph to cwr 96.5 .. t1R ,g u _s V t? O S (r » U � 4 No. 4r Blow, do lst 21d 3rd . . _r b- 6- .M 5 11 31. 8 . r; -71 16JI I I I 128.41 sl iu I a am==== EMIR Imummmmomme 4 7 CL 39.1 38 30 8 77.4 9.9 3 SM .4.5 25 SM.I 5.51 I I I 111-81 7I19125 am==== m Ime am==== 1mj SM 3.9 12.0 5 20 25 TERRA ENGINEERS INC. TV Crlr tl fN it it x i &--, I t:titiA ENGINEERS, INC. TVcT u,r♦r r wram TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST 1101Y No TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE No } i CtiKA ENGINEERS, INC. 1"EST 11OLE NO. g-3 T'ro,cct BORING I� C) Ci City of Lubbock - Sanitary Landfi 11 Locati D tarf,cc Eir at ic,n rk th Lubbock, Texas stc of �iig r Iltamctcr -' 3225 70 i Ronng MCUUW Str. No. nicnt W. i r= i her, HOR Engineering. F nc . Da l l as Texas L'Aqxh in cwr ep K 8 u ts. tP N Dc scri p t' s . I o t? srr M G J r No. CX Blows > CrH N � • w i -� if �' or I u f2�3'� TS SILTY SAND, strong brown SM 8.1 _ _ 1vjith _ traces - of organics _ _ 36.6 SILTY SAND, pinkish white S�! 3. 7 Ned MC 1 -S- vnnth cal i the 24.8 SILTY SAND, pinkish white SM 10.6 NON PLAS Wi th cal i the128.6 -- SILTY SAND, pinkish white gH 6.9 1 - j ;_ vnn th cal i the 21.7 25 SILTY SAND, white. _ SM ---�- 8.4 25.6 5 - �- Fpe 11 ati SILTY CLAYEY SAND, reddish yellow SC- 8.2 33.8 25 �i L fY SW, pale broom - ... - - �12.0 - -. - _.... _ ____ __ _ v i th traces of cal i the 24.9 I *25 -30- trati SILTY SAND-, r ddi sip yellow low S4 8.� with traces of caliche LAST C 26.1 5 5' trati o SILTY SAND, reddish yyellow 91 8.0 wi th traces of cal i cue - 27.3 25 40- . SI LTY SAND, y611 avi sh red SM 14.6 16 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO. R-71 (r-nn'tI i i tRRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST H O LE NO. Rmicct Ci ty of Lubbock - Sani Landfill BORING LOG �, Surface Lacvstirn t�th: 3226 ' �� DrH , Texas LDem ori26-9Q 8r C1icrnW/C-C9V=sM „ Rohs Mcdod No. air Fisher. i i Inca D llas. Texas DcpshinG% r r Description .. d No Sn'I' Z .. " . Of Iilm" O TS SILTY SN , 1igilt brown SM o 6.3 4 S ?mod 3rd 6' �• - IC with traces of caIiche 27.5 SILTY SAND, very pale brown with caliche SM 2.9 8.4 SILTY SAND. pinkish white of th cal i the 9.3 LAS IC 3. -10- _rho SILTY SAND, pinkish white vri th ca 1 i the SNI 6.0 24.7 -15- SILTY SAND, white 34 6.6 _20• with caliche 25.9 SILTY SAND, white 1 vi th cal i the 94 6.1 1 Z9.3 -25- SILTY S��ND, reddish yellow � with traces of 1-30-1 g ' 1 caliche . l LTY -m`u; - pin- - ski white - - -35_ with traces of cal i the - SILTY SAND, pink •40• gH 6. 1 18. .45- t TERRA ENGINEERS INC. ,ry CT "!% v r-r w r i-,% Q TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO. g_: I'rLi jest Ci ty of Lubbo,k - Sanitary Landfi 11 BORING LUG LAVCau �,� or °n'�-�I2-90 1urlacc I:lcv�ti•� 3 2 "�`', 22 Ovaineter k . Texas _ C'itutt � �� Boring Method Str. No. r i h r HLDR Engireering. Inc., � to cvrrasxa _._. r ■t G17( K. Description sir N sou No. Of Blows .E. cr '« S SILTY SAND, strong brown 7 FR a 1 n 2nd 3rd Y. h• �• �- SILTY SAND, pa 1 e bromi SM 4.9 with caIiche 10.4 12 25 SILTY STAND, pi nki sh whi to SM with ca l i the • - 10 (Hard) t�- -0- SILTY SAND. reddish yellow with cal i the 7 • 9 'VON LAST C 14.6 8 5 4 trati SILTY SAND, reddish yellow SM with cal iche 5 2" trati _. - 30- SILTY SAND. ai nki sh white wi th cal i cheV 6.8 A. 21.9 L5 4 trati -35- SI LTY SAND, reddish yel 1 ow with cal i the SM 7.2 16.6 10 25 -40-- with SILTY SAND, reddish yel 1 ou ca 1 i the SM 7.4 NON LASTIC 10.4 12 25 -4�- SILTY • SAND, reddish ye 11 ov, 3P1 4.4 5.7 10 25 TERRA ENGINEERS INC. TEST HOLE N(). R-5 (e-r)n'tl 1 J TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO. 3-6 Pmjcct Ci ty of Lubbock - Sani tary Landfi 11 Surface Elevation 15;i 3224 4-• 1 ff, 81 t Me 94 Fi h NDR En4ineerina_ U. Description TS I , strong own •5- SI LTY SAND, pinkish v hi to wi th cal i the BORING LOG ��eneter L.ocata Texas Date Of Drillini 3 1/4 Bonn` Mcthod Str. No. . Da llas. Texas Depth 4i cw17 74.5' y � K u 8 V � S r .0 S c dr S1'T Z a; ..� No. Or Blows �C�i S W C' J w S w � 1st 2�td 3rd b' �- f- 10.2 1SILTY SAND, pinkish white wi th cal i the 9 3.2 NON P LAS C 6.4 SILTY SAND, reddish ellow th traces of cal i SM 5.6 8.2 _20- SILTY SAND, reddish yellow th cal the SM 4.7 NOc� P C 9.2 -2 S- S I LTY SWD, reddish y el 1 �:.' th cal i the ,y,►� 4. 2 9.2 -30- SILTY SAND, reddish yellow Sm 7.0 th calidtie 13.4 -35- . 1 1 1 1 SILTY SAND, reddish yellow Sm 9.b with calithe 17.6 -40- 117.2 SILTY with SAND, reddish yellow callche SM 6.3 SILTY SAND r `. widish yellow SM 5.7 15.2 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. •r r. c_1-T• 1.1 r» c k : f It i TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. BORING B-7 NOT DRILLED TEST HOLE NO. a-s In hl„-ft ._ ,.•. TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO- R_o T =FRRA ENGINEERS, INC.- TEST HOLE NO. a-9 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TpCT Un> v xlr-t TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TFCT uni v kip TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TvCT ilni r. *Ii-% TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. No- R-1 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. ,rEST HOLE No. I cr MA CNUINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO- R-> > 14-1 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. � _~~ TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. rlr V crlr T T rN ir V- V, I - %, TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE N()_ P_, 'TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST' HOLE NC). B-13(con It PWj= BORING LOG Ci ty of Lubbock - Sani Landfi 11 sue.« I:Icvatlon LACation Texas Due of Drilling ' IjPth: Dia„� - - 105 3 4„ 1 Bong Mahod • Str. No. _: iMs . R i sa r i sher . HDR E n i neeri n %Inc.. Dallas, TexasDcpth w r4- , - to Gar• 100 r b r s °� � • Desc nption � u o � : � � Srr N No. �� .� r .,� .E. J S h o. I u 2nd 3rd F' h' ,�- SILTY SAND, very pale brown I SM I 6.1 -55- -60-ISILIY SAND, yellavish red I SM 15.5 vAth traces of caliche SILTY SAND, yel 1 avi sh red 3.0 -70- with traces of caliche (sarpl i ng termi nated ) -75- -85- * 51' penetrati �ooilcle 8.11 71 9112 TERRA ENGINEERS INC. Tvcrr unT .r Xtom TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TERRAENGINEERS, INC. TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE N(). g-15 . BORING LOG of Lubbock -Sanitary Landf i 11 �,�"`' V14-90�� nr l�jTexas 3 1/4�� Boring Mcdmd Str. No. Client M - i h r' HOR n i E neerin Inc. Dallas Texas � in C#Wr 6 8 r i C u +o* sprDe�crS v `; N , Nn. Or Blows o Cr r ac QW h CA. u_ 2M 3rd TS SILTY SAND, brown SM - 9.5 Ef- • 1 2 1 - `- SILTY SAND. reddish ye l l a-i S -10- CLAYEY SAND, pinkish white SC 9.0 25 16 9 44.6 8 14 25 -15- CLAYEY SAND, pinkish white SC extra nel y hard CLAYEY SAND, pinkish white Sc 16 - 23' 0-5- SILTY SAND, reddish yel 1 ow SM vA th cal i the SILTY CLAYEY SAND reddi sn yel l a-v - j0- with traces of cagy i the SC- SNI 8.2 8 18 17 -35- SILTY CLAYEY SAND reddish yel 1 ow with traces of cagy i Sc- the SM SILTY SAND, pink . 40- with ca l i ch` SM . G7 15 17 23 I t _45- SILTY. SAND, pink SM vn th cal i the TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. 'rEST llOLL NO. R-Ir-i TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. 'r E S'I' HOLE No. Q_, r, TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE No - TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO_ 1 CHKA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO. g-17 con't pm,cct C i t of Lubbock - Sanitary Landfill BORING LOG Locauon s�racc racvat,�, u�w: th,mc,,v � t , Texas o�tc or D""1IL26-% c licttt 3 1 4" Boring Mcdmd Str. No. `W/QQ9=s-sed iM. Ri sa r i shcy- HC t i neeri n I nc-1. Dallas, Texas r °crah'^ C;Wr . 78.2' § tp tR g s De sm'Ft�on i Q. s o srrr N No. CX Rln" � ~ J p S , s • = vs 1 a ?mod 3rd SILTY SAW, reddish yel 1 ow gH 5.7 NON PLAS IC 10.7 .25 -55- - 5a- SANDY LEm CLAY, reddish yellow CL 14.4 30 18 12 50.0 27 _05_ -70- SILTY SAND, reddish yel 1 ow SM1 6.41 1 1 15 *25 3 1/2#1 (sampling to m nated) �at�, o _8 -85- ______ _cam_ TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HO .F No U-1 0 FERRA ENGINEERS, INC. ~_. I hfifiA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO. R-iQ TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TFCT uni c &ifs i tRRA ENGINEERS, INC. TVCT Lsf%1 ,r- w►tx TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE No. R-xn rf�^nl+l TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TvCT Lit -if T:, T4,7,r1 TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. 'T*V cqr I I t,% I UF:FiRA ENGINEERS, INC. TL'cT ul11 r a,I TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST H[)1 _F NtO D- 7-n I MKKA t:NGINEERS, INC. T T' CST T T /1 T r i r iN J TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. TEST HOLE NO- 6-23 ''"°'=t City of Lubbock: - Sanitary Landfill �-� BORING•LOG Surface Elcvat»n 3 2 3 mow: 105' ��m� Bering Texas ' Date of Dri11i� Chcnt 1/4 M _ �1.Sm Fisher. HDR E n i neer i nr I x' . ';u 1 l a s Texas a I r - 77S Dom' to GWf 91' �_ D�•�cri ption J s a. s b. .�.� a S" N r > No. Of Alow, L) M u .0 v V TS • �WJDY SILTY CLAY, Very dark brovin CL .. % 1D.6 `� w � >� � c 1 2td �- 3� 2.5 SANDY LEAN CLAY,, s brainML tror� CL 3.0 - 24 16 g 67.7 • SILTY SAND, light brown With traces o cal i the � 2•4 15 17 20 - I 0_ SANDSTONE, pink -- - - ..- -- .- - ---- -- 4'7 25 SANDSTONE, pink 2.9 SILTY SAND, reddish Ilow SM 5.8 do th traces of Cal i re _,5. 1 ILTY SAND, reddish ye llar 9M 2.8 _30. •rith traces of caliche (SILTY SAND, reddish yellar I gH I 3_7 -ap• Mn t'� traces of * cal i ene -4 C i 118-2125 25 4" trati I15I 23I*25 411#ratiI C I I 9.2I 19 I 22 I *25 4��trati TERRA ENGINEERS INC. i m TEST HOLE NO- a-9-i TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. 'lr V cqr lul i-% T T- W I A-k TERRA ENGINEERS, INC. CEOTECHNICAL REPORT PROPOSED LUBBOCK 3 U BOCK LANDFILL LUBBOCK, TEXAS